summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/36964-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-14 20:06:55 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-14 20:06:55 -0700
commit8f39885840bda1ee54ec1a97b4a11f63d20f77f1 (patch)
treef2269a2a87f79e705b3b848b5704a80fd49f0dd9 /36964-h
initial commit of ebook 36964HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '36964-h')
-rw-r--r--36964-h/36964-h.htm9447
-rw-r--r--36964-h/images/illus-fpc.jpgbin0 -> 49277 bytes
2 files changed, 9447 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/36964-h/36964-h.htm b/36964-h/36964-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da28408
--- /dev/null
+++ b/36964-h/36964-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,9447 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" >
+<head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
+ <meta content="Motion Picture Chums at Seaside Park" name="DC.Title"/>
+ <meta content="Victor Appleton" name="DC.Creator"/>
+ <meta content="en" name="DC.Language"/>
+ <meta content="1913" name="DC.Created"/>
+ <meta name="generator" content="ppgen (1.17) generated Aug 03, 2011 08:51 AM" />
+ <title>Motion Picture Chums at Seaside Park</title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+ body {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%;}
+ p {margin-top:1ex; margin-bottom:0; text-align:justify;}
+ .pagenum {display:inline; font-size:x-small; text-align:right; text-indent:0;
+ position:absolute; right:2%; padding:1px 3px; font-style:normal;
+ font-variant:normal; font-weight:normal; text-decoration:none;
+ background-color:inherit; border:1px solid #eee;}
+ .pncolor {color:silver;}
+ h1 {text-align:center; font-weight:normal;
+ font-size:1.4em; margin-top:4em; margin-bottom:2em;}
+ h2 {text-align:left; font-weight:normal;
+ font-size:1.2em; margin-top:4em; margin-bottom:2em;}
+ h3 {text-align:center; font-weight:bold;
+ font-size:0.9em; margin-top:1.5em; margin-bottom:1em;}
+ hr.pb {margin:30px 0; width:100%; border:none; border-top:thin dashed silver; clear:both;}
+ .sc {font-variant: small-caps;}
+ .center {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center;}
+ .larger {font-size:larger;}
+ .smaller {font-size:smaller;}
+ .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+ table.c {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+ .caption {font-size: 80%;}
+ .sc {font-variant:small-caps}
+ div.center>:first-child {margin: .5em auto 0 auto;text-align:center;}
+ div.center p {margin: 0 auto; text-align:center;}
+ hr.tb {border:none; border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin: 20px auto; width:35%}
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Motion Picture Chums at Seaside Park, by
+Victor Appleton
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Motion Picture Chums at Seaside Park
+ The Rival Photo Theatres of the Boardwalk
+
+Author: Victor Appleton
+
+Release Date: August 3, 2011 [EBook #36964]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MOTION PICTURE CHUMS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+<div class='figcenter' style='padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em'>
+<a name='i001' id='i001'></a>
+<img src="images/illus-fpc.jpg" alt="PIECES OF THE BROKEN SKYLIGHT IN THE ROOF OF THE PLAYHOUSE CLATTERED DOWN." title=""/><br />
+<span class='caption'>PIECES OF THE BROKEN SKYLIGHT IN THE ROOF<br/>OF THE PLAYHOUSE CLATTERED DOWN.</span>
+</div>
+<p>
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+</p>
+<div class='center'>
+<p><span style='font-size:1.4em;font-weight:bold;'>The</span></p>
+<p><span style='font-size:1.4em;font-weight:bold;'>Motion Picture Chums</span></p>
+<p><span style='font-size:1.4em;font-weight:bold;'>at Seaside Park</span></p>
+<p>&#160;</p>
+<p>OR</p>
+<p>The Rival Photo Theatres of the Boardwalk</p>
+<p>&#160;</p>
+<p>BY</p>
+<p><span style='font-size:1.2em;'>VICTOR APPLETON</span></p>
+<p>&#160;</p>
+<p><span style='font-size:smaller;'>AUTHOR OF “THE MOTION PICTURE CHUMS’ FIRST VENTURE,”</span></p>
+<p><span style='font-size:smaller;'>“THE MOVING PICTURE BOYS SERIES,”</span></p>
+<p><span style='font-size:smaller;'>“TOM SWIFT SERIES,” ETC.</span></p>
+<p>&#160;</p>
+<p>ILLUSTRATED</p>
+<p>&#160;</p>
+<p>NEW YORK</p>
+<p>GROSSET &amp; DUNLAP</p>
+<p>PUBLISHERS</p>
+</div>
+<p>
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+</p>
+<div style='font-size:smaller'>
+<div class='center'>
+<p>BOOKS BY VICTOR APPLETON</p>
+<p>&#160;</p>
+<p><span style='font-size:larger;'>THE MOTION PICTURE CHUMS SERIES</span></p>
+<p><em>12 mo. Cloth. Illustrated.</em></p>
+<p><em>Price, per volume, 40 cents, postpaid.</em></p>
+</div>
+<table class='c' summary='centered block'><tr><td>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>THE&#160;MOTION&#160;PICTURE&#160;CHUMS’&#160;FIRST&#160;VENTURE</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>THE&#160;MOTION&#160;PICTURE&#160;CHUMS&#160;AT&#160;SEASIDE&#160;PARK</p>
+</td></tr></table>
+<div class='center'>
+<p>(<em>Other volumes in preparation</em>)</p>
+<p>&#160;</p>
+<p><span style='font-size:larger;'>THE MOVING PICTURE BOYS SERIES</span></p>
+<p><em>12 mo. Cloth. Illustrated.</em></p>
+<p><em>Price, per volume, 40 cents, postpaid.</em></p>
+</div>
+<table class='c' summary='centered block'><tr><td>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>THE&#160;MOVING&#160;PICTURE&#160;BOYS</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>THE&#160;MOVING&#160;PICTURE&#160;BOYS&#160;IN&#160;THE&#160;WEST</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>THE&#160;MOVING&#160;PICTURE&#160;BOYS&#160;ON&#160;THE&#160;COAST</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>THE&#160;MOVING&#160;PICTURE&#160;BOYS&#160;IN&#160;THE&#160;JUNGLE</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>THE&#160;MOVING&#160;PICTURE&#160;BOYS&#160;IN&#160;EARTHQUAKE&#160;LAND</p>
+</td></tr></table>
+<div class='center'>
+<p>(<em>Other volumes in preparation</em>)</p>
+<p>&#160;</p>
+<p><span style='font-size:larger;'>THE TOM SWIFT SERIES</span></p>
+<p><em>12 mo. Cloth. Illustrated.</em></p>
+<p><em>Price, per volume, 40 cents, postpaid.</em></p>
+</div>
+<table class='c' summary='centered block'><tr><td>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;AND&#160;HIS&#160;MOTOR&#160;CYCLE</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;AND&#160;HIS&#160;MOTOR&#160;BOAT</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;AND&#160;HIS&#160;AIRSHIP</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;AND&#160;HIS&#160;SUBMARINE&#160;BOAT</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;AND&#160;HIS&#160;ELECTRIC&#160;RUNABOUT</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;AND&#160;HIS&#160;ELECTRIC&#160;RIFLE</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;AND&#160;HIS&#160;SKY&#160;RACER</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;IN&#160;THE&#160;CAVES&#160;OF&#160;ICE</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;AMONG&#160;THE&#160;DIAMOND&#160;MAKERS</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;AND&#160;HIS&#160;WIRELESS&#160;MESSAGE</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;IN&#160;THE&#160;CITY&#160;OF&#160;GOLD</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;AND&#160;HIS&#160;AIR&#160;GLIDER</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;IN&#160;CAPTIVITY</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;AND&#160;HIS&#160;WIZARD&#160;CAMERA</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;AND&#160;HIS&#160;GREAT&#160;SEARCHLIGHT</p>
+<p style='margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0'>TOM&#160;SWIFT&#160;AND&#160;HIS&#160;GIANT&#160;CANNON</p>
+</td></tr></table>
+<div class='center'>
+<p>GROSSET &amp; DUNLAP</p>
+<p>PUBLISHERS, NEW YORK</p>
+<p>&#160;</p>
+<p><span class='sc'>Copyright, 1913, BY</span></p>
+<p>GROSSET &amp; DUNLAP</p>
+<p>&#160;</p>
+<p><em>The Motion Picture Chums at Seaside Park</em></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<p>
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+</p>
+<div class='center'>
+<p><span style='font-size:larger;'>CONTENTS</span></p>
+</div>
+<table class='c' summary='table of contents'>
+<tr><td style='font-size:smaller'>CHAPTER</td><td></td><td style='font-size:smaller'>PAGE</td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>I</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Looking for Business</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chI'>1</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>II</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Motor Boat</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chII'>9</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>III</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Short of Funds</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chIII'>18</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>IV</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>An Old Friend</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chIV'>28</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>V</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Bird House</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chV'>38</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>VI</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>A Friend in Need</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chVI'>48</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>VII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Business Boys</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chVII'>57</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>VIII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Kidnapped</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chVIII'>66</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>IX</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Pep in Clover</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chIX'>75</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>X</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Press Agent</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chX'>87</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XI</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Crossed Wires</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXI'>96</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Business Rivals</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXII'>104</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XIII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>All Ready!</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXIII'>112</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XIV</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>“The Great Unknown”</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXIV'>119</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XV</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Speaking Picture</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXV'>126</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XVI</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>A Grand Success</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXVI'>133</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XVII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Boastful Peter</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXVII'>141</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XVIII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Great Film</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXVIII'>149</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XIX</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Getting Along</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXIX'>157</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XX</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>A Rich Find</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXX'>165</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XXI</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Tin Box</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXXI'>174</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XXII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>A Big Reward</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXXII'>185</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XXIII</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Broken Sign</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXXIII'>193</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XXIV</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>The Great Storm</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXXIV'>201</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td valign='top' style='text-align:right; padding-right:1em;'>XXV</td><td valign='top' style='text-align:left; padding-right:3em;'><span style='font-variant:small-caps'>Conclusion</span></td><td valign='top' style='text-align:right;'><a href='#chXXV'>209</a></td></tr>
+</table>
+<p>
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+</p>
+<h1>THE MOTION PICTURE CHUMS AT SEASIDE PARK</h1>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_1'></a>1</span><a name='chI' id='chI'></a>CHAPTER I—LOOKING FOR BUSINESS</h2>
+<p>
+“Boys, this is just the spot we are looking
+for!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, I am sure a good photo playhouse on
+this boardwalk would pay.”
+</p>
+<p>
+It was Frank Durham who made the first declaration
+and his chum and young partner, Randy
+Powell, who echoed it. Both looked like lads in
+business earnestly looking for something they
+wanted, and determined to find it. Then the
+third member of the little group glanced where
+his companions were gazing. He was Pepperill
+Smith, and he burst forth in his enthusiastic
+way:
+</p>
+<p>
+“The very thing!”
+</p>
+<p>
+The three chums had arrived at Seaside Park
+only that morning. Their home was at Fairlands,
+one hundred and fifty miles west.
+Everything was new to them and there was certainly
+enough variety, excitement and commotion to satisfy
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_2'></a>2</span>
+any lively lad. They had, however,
+come for something else than pleasure.
+They had a distinct purpose in view, and Frank’s
+remarks brought it up.
+</p>
+<p>
+Seaside Park was a very popular ocean resort.
+It was a trim little town with a normal population
+of less than three thousand souls. In the
+summer season, however, it provided for over ten
+times that number. A substantial boardwalk
+fronted the beach where people bathed, lined with
+stores, booths, and curio and souvenir tents.
+There were several restaurants for the convenience
+of those who had run down from the big
+cities to take a day’s enjoyment and did not care
+to stay at the pretentious hotels.
+</p>
+<p>
+The three friends had made for this part of
+the resort as soon as they had arrived. As they
+had strolled down the boardwalk Frank had studiously
+observed the general layout and the points
+where the pleasure-seekers most congregated.
+Randy was quite as much interested in peering in
+at the windows of the few buildings bearing “To
+Rent” signs. Pep made a deliberate stop wherever
+a show place attracted his attention. Now
+all three had halted in front of an unoccupied
+building and were looking it over critically.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I say, fellows,” observed Frank, “this is
+worth looking into.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_3'></a>3</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s certainly a fine location,” added Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Just made for us,” piped the exuberant Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+The building was frame and one story in
+height. It was of ample breadth, and as the brisk
+and busy Pep squinted down its side he declared
+it was over one hundred feet long. Randy went
+up to the chalked-over windows, while Frank
+took out a card and copied the name and address
+of the owner given on the rent sign.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hi, this way!” suddenly hailed the active
+Pep. “The door isn’t locked.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s great,” spoke Randy. “I want to
+see what the inside looks like.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hello, there!” called out a man’s voice as
+they stepped over the threshold of the broad
+double doorway.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hello yourself, mister,” retorted Pep cheerily,
+“we were sort of interested in the place and
+wanted to look it over.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank stepped forward. The man who had
+challenged them was in his shirt sleeves, working
+at a plank over two wooden horses mending
+some wire screens.
+</p>
+<p>
+“We are looking over the beach with the idea
+of finding a good location for a show,” Frank
+explained.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What kind of a show?” inquired the man,
+studying the trio sharply.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_4'></a>4</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Motion picture.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, you’ve come to the right place, I can
+tell you that,” declared the man, showing more
+interest and putting aside the screen he was
+mending. “Pretty young, though, for business
+on your own hook; aren’t you?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, we’re regular business men, we are,”
+vaunted Pep. “This is Frank Durham, and this
+is Randolph Powell. The three of us ran a
+photo playhouse in Fairlands for six months, so
+we know the business.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Is that so?” observed the man musingly.
+“Well, I’m the owner of the building here and
+as you see, want to find a good tenant for the
+season. I’m mending up the screens to those
+ventilating windows. I’m going to redecorate it
+inside and out, and the place is right in the center
+of the busiest part of the beach.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What was it used for before?” inquired
+Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Bowling alley, once. Then a man tried an
+ice cream parlor, but there was too much competition.
+Last season a man put in a penny arcade,
+but that caught only the cheap trade and not
+much of that.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank walked to the end of the long room
+and looked over the lighting equipment, the floor
+and the ceiling. Then he nodded to Randy and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_5'></a>5</span>
+Pep, who joined him at a window, as if looking
+casually over the surroundings of the vacant
+place.
+</p>
+<p>
+“See here, fellows,” Frank said, “it looks as
+though we had stumbled upon a fine opportunity.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Splendid!” voiced Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It strikes me just right,” approved Pep.
+“What a dandy place we can make of it, with
+all this space! Why, we’ll put three rows of
+seats, the middle one double. There’s all kinds
+of space on the walls for posters. I’ll have to
+get an assistant usher and——”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hold on, Pep!” laughed Frank. “Aren’t
+you going pretty fast? The rent may be ’way out
+of our reach. You know we are not exactly
+millionaires, and our limited capital may not come
+anywhere near covering things.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Find out what the rent is; won’t you,
+Frank?” pressed Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“There’s no harm in that,” replied Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+He went up to the owner of the place while
+Randy and Pep strolled outside. They walked
+around the building twice, studying it in every
+particular. Randy looked eager and Pep excited
+as Frank came out on the sidewalk. They could
+tell from the pleased look on his face that he
+was the bearer of good news.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_6'></a>6</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“What is it, Frank?” queried Randy, anxiously.
+</p>
+<p>
+“The rent isn’t half what I expected it to be.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Good!” cried Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“But it’s high enough to consider in a careful
+way. Then again the owner of the building insists
+that nothing but a strictly first-class show will
+draw patronage at Seaside Park. The people who
+come here are generally of a superior type and the
+transients come from large places where they
+have seen the best going in the way of photo
+plays. It’s going to cost a lot of money to start
+a playhouse here, and we can’t decide in a moment.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“How many other motion picture shows are
+there in Seaside Park, Frank?” inquired Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“None.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Both Randy and Pep were surprised at this
+statement and told Frank so.
+</p>
+<p>
+“The movies tried it out in connection with a
+restaurant last season, but made a fizzle of it,
+the man in there tells me,” reported Frank. “He
+says there may be a show put in later in the season—you
+see we are pretty early on the scene
+and the summer rush has not come yet. In fact,
+he hinted that some New York fellows were
+down here last week looking over the prospects
+in our line. I’ve told him just how we are situated,
+and I think he has taken quite a liking to us
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_7'></a>7</span>
+and would like to encourage us if it didn’t cost
+him anything. He says he will give us until
+Monday to figure up and decide what we want
+to do. There’s one thing, though—we will have
+to put up the rent for the place for the whole
+season.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What—in advance?” exclaimed Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes—four months. It seems that one or two
+former tenants left their landlord in the lurch
+and he won’t take any more risks. Cash or the
+guarantee of some responsible person is the way
+this man, Mr. Morton, puts in.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Humph!” commented Pep. “Why doesn’t
+he make us buy the place and be done with it?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, if we start in we’re going to stick;
+aren’t we?” propounded Randy. “So it’s simply
+a question of raising enough money.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Mr. Morton says that along Beach Row
+there is nothing in the way of first-class amusements,”
+Frank went on. “There’s a merry-go-round
+and a summer garden with a band and
+some few cheap side shows.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Then we would have the field all to ourselves,”
+submitted Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Unless a business rival came along, which
+he won’t, unless we are making money, so the
+more the merrier,” declared Frank, briskly.
+“We’ll talk the whole business over this evening,
+fellows. In the meantime we’ll take in the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_8'></a>8</span>
+many sights and post ourselves on the prospects.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I do hope we’ll be able to get that place,”
+said Pep, longingly. “What a fine view we have!
+I’d never get tired of being in sight of the sea
+and all this gay excitement around us.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The chums left the boardwalk and went across
+the sands, watching the merry crowds playing on
+the beach and running out into the water. Big
+and little, old and young, seemed to be full of
+fun and excitement. Early in the season as it
+was, there were a number of bathers.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That would make a fine motion picture; eh?”
+suggested Randy, his mind always on business.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, and so would that!” shouted Pep.
+“Jumping crickets! Fellows—look!”
+</p>
+<p>
+There had sounded a sharp explosion. At a
+certain spot a great cascade of water like the
+spouting of a whale went up into the air. A hiss
+of steam focussed in a whirling, swaying mass at
+one point. There was the echo of yells and
+screams.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What’s happened, I wonder——” began
+Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I saw it!” interrupted an excited bather,
+who had ran out of the water. “A motor boat
+has blown up!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Then those on board must be in danger of
+burning or drowning, boys,” shouted Frank.
+“To the rescue!”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_9'></a>9</span><a name='chII' id='chII'></a>CHAPTER II—THE MOTOR BOAT</h2>
+<p>
+Frank Durham was just as practical as he
+was heroic. While the frightened people in the
+water were rushing up the beach in a panic, and
+strollers along the sands stared helplessly toward
+the scene of the accident, Frank’s quick eye took
+in the situation—and in a flash he acted.
+</p>
+<p>
+There was a reason why he was so ready-witted.
+In the first place he—and also Randy
+and Pep—had for an entire season been in actual
+service at the outing resort near their home
+town of Fairlands. It had been an experience
+that fitted them for just such a crisis as the
+present one. Boating on the lake had been the
+principal diversion of the guests. There had
+been more than one tip-over in which Frank and
+his chums had come to the rescue.
+</p>
+<p>
+In fact, while the boys had regular duties,
+such as acting as caddies for golfers, as guides
+and chauffeurs, the proprietor of the resort expected
+them to keep an eye out at all times for
+mishaps to his guests. This had trained the
+chums in a line where common sense, speedy action,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_10'></a>10</span>
+and knowing how to do just the right thing
+at just the right time, would be useful in safe-guarding
+property and human life.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank did not have to tell his companions
+what to do. They knew their duty and how far
+they could be useful, as well as their leader.
+The motor boat was about a quarter of a mile
+out and was on fire. They could see the flames
+belching out at the stern. There seemed to be
+three or four persons aboard. As far as they
+could make it out at the distance they were, one
+of the passengers had sprung overboard and was
+floating around on a box or plank. The others
+were crowded together at the bow, trying to keep
+away from the flames.
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy had dashed down the beach to where
+there was a light rowboat overturned on the
+sand. Pep was making for a long pier running
+out quite a distance, pulling off his coat as he
+went. Frank had his eyes fixed upon a small
+electric launch lying near the pier. He did not
+know nor notice what course his chums had
+taken. He realized that if help came to the people
+in peril on the motor boat it must come
+speedily to be of any avail.
+</p>
+<p>
+It took Frank less than three minutes to reach
+the spot where a light cable held the launch
+against the pier. A rather fine-looking old man
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_11'></a>11</span>
+stood nearby, glancing through his gold-rimmed
+eyeglasses toward the beach, as if impatient of
+something.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Mister,” shot out Frank, breathlessly, “is
+this your craft?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“It is,” replied the gentleman. “I am waiting
+for my man to come and run me down to
+Rock Point.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Did you see that?” inquired Frank, rapidly,
+pointing to the burning motor boat.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, I declare—I hadn’t!” exclaimed the
+man, taking a survey of the point in the distance
+indicated by Frank. “What can have happened?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“An explosion, sir,” explained Frank. “You
+see, they must have help.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Where is that laggard man of mine?” cried
+the owner of the launch, growing excited. “If
+he would come we might do something.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Let me take your launch,” pressed Frank,
+eagerly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Do you know how to run it?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, yes, sir.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I don’t. Do your best, lad. You must
+hurry. The boat is burning fiercely.”
+</p>
+<p>
+It only needed the word of assent to start
+Frank on his mission of rescue. There had
+never been a better engineer on the lake near
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_12'></a>12</span>
+Fairlands than our hero. He was so perfectly
+at home with a launch that the owner of the
+one he had immediately sprung into could not
+repress a “Bravo!” as Frank seemed to slip the
+painter, spring to the wheel and send the craft
+plowing the water like a fish, all with one and
+the same deft movement.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank estimated time and distance and set the
+launch on a swift, diagonal course. He made out
+a rowboat headed in the same direction as himself,
+and Randy was in it. Frank saw a flying
+form leave the end of the long pier in a bold
+dive. It was Pep. Frank could not deviate or
+linger, for the nearer he got to the blazing craft
+the more vital seemed the peril of those now
+nearly crowded overboard by the heat and
+smoke. Besides that, he knew perfectly well
+that the crack swimmer of Fairlands, his friend
+Pep, could take care of himself in the water.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was because the three chums were always
+together and always on the alert that nothing
+missed them. Some pretty creditable things had
+been done by them and that training came to
+their help in the present crisis.
+</p>
+<p>
+In the first volume of the present series, entitled
+“The Motion Picture Chums’ First Venture;
+Or, Opening a Photo Playhouse in Fairlands,”
+their adventures and experiences have
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_13'></a>13</span>
+been given in a way that showed the courage and
+enterprise that infused them. Frank Durham
+was the elder of the trio, and it was he who
+had started a partnership that soon outgrew odd
+chores about Fairlands and making themselves
+handy around the lake during the outing season.
+</p>
+<p>
+Early in the Fall preceding, after a great deal
+of thinking, planning and actual hard work,
+Frank, Randy and Pep had become proprietors
+of a motion picture show at Fairlands. It had
+been no play-day spurt, but a practical business
+effort. They had worked hard for nearly a year,
+had saved up quite a sum, and learning of the
+auction sale of a photo playhouse outfit in the
+city, they had bid it in and started the “Wonderland”
+in the busy little town where they lived.
+</p>
+<p>
+In this they had been greatly helped by a good-hearted,
+impulsive fellow named Ben Jolly. The
+latter was in love with the novel enterprise, liked
+the boys, and played the piano. Another of his
+kind who was a professional ventriloquist, had
+plied his art for the benefit of the motion picture
+show, delaying the auction sale with mock bids
+until Frank arrived in time to buy the city outfit.
+</p>
+<p>
+They had enemies, too, and the son of a Fairlands
+magnate named Greg Grayson had caused
+them a good deal of trouble and had tried to
+break up their show. Perseverance, hard work
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_14'></a>14</span>
+and brains, however, carried the motion picture
+chums through. They exhibited none but
+high-grade films, they ran an orderly place, and
+with Frank at the projector, Randy in the ticket
+booth, Pep as the genial usher and Ben Jolly as
+pianist, they had crowded houses and wound up
+at the end of the season out of debt and with a
+small cash capital all their own.
+</p>
+<p>
+For all the busy Winter, warm weather hurt
+the photo playhouse at Fairlands. It had been a
+debated question with the chums for some weeks
+as to shutting down for the summer months.
+They finally decided to “close for repairs” for
+a spell and look around for a new location until
+fall. Seaside Park was suggested as an ideal
+place for a first-class motion picture show, and
+so far prospects looked very encouraging, indeed.
+</p>
+<p>
+Right in the midst of their business deliberations
+the incident just related had now come up.
+All three of the boys had answered the call of
+humanity without an instant’s hesitation.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank forgot everything except the business in
+hand as he set eyes, mind and nerve upon reaching
+the burning motor boat in time to be of
+some practical service. He was near enough now
+to pretty well grasp the situation. The launch
+had been going at a high rate of speed, but the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_15'></a>15</span>
+expert young engineer set the lever another
+notch forward, and sent the craft slipping
+through the water like a dolphin.
+</p>
+<p>
+The man in charge of the burning boat, Frank
+saw, had a pan with a handle. He was dipping
+this into the water and throwing its contents
+against the blazing after-part of the boat. Some
+gasoline or other inflammable substance, however,
+seemed to burn all the more fiercely for this
+deluge, and the man had to shrink farther and
+farther away as the flames encroached upon him.
+</p>
+<p>
+A portly lady was shrieking constantly and
+waving her arms in a state of terror. It was
+all that a younger woman, the other passenger,
+could do to hold her in her seat and restrain her
+from jumping overboard.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank had just a passing glance for the other
+actor in the scene. This was the fellow he had
+seen leap overboard when the boat blew up. He
+was somewhat older than Frank, and having cast
+adrift a box, the only loose article aboard that
+would serve to act as a float, he had drifted
+safely out of reach of the flames.
+</p>
+<p>
+“He’s a coward, besides being a cad,” involuntarily
+flashed through Frank’s mind. Then he
+made the launch swerve, and shouted to the occupants
+of the motor boat:
+</p>
+<p>
+“All ready!”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_16'></a>16</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank, with his experience of the past, calculated
+so nicely that the launch came alongside
+the burning motor boat at precisely the right
+angle to allow the man in charge of the latter
+craft to grapple with a boat-hook.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Quick, Mrs. Carrington,” he spoke to the
+older lady, “get aboard the launch as fast as
+you can.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The woman’s girl companion helped her get
+to her feet, but she pitched about so that but
+for a clever movement on the part of Frank
+she would have gone into the water.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, dear! oh, dear!” she screamed, but with
+the aid of the younger woman Frank managed
+to get her into the launch, where she dropped in
+a heap and went into hysterics. Her companion
+got aboard more quietly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You are just in time,” gasped the man in
+charge of the motor boat. “Don’t risk the
+flames, but pull away.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, there is nothing to be done in the way
+of putting out the fire,” said Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+The man he spoke to was both worried and
+in pain. His face and hands were blistered from
+his efforts to shield his passengers from the fire.
+Just then a howl rang out. It proceeded from
+the fellow thirty feet away, bobbing up and
+down on the empty box. This brought the older
+woman to her senses.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_17'></a>17</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“It is Peter!” she screamed. “Oh, save
+Peter!”
+</p>
+<p>
+The paltry Peter began bellowing with deadly
+fear as the launch was headed away from him.
+Frank could not feel very charitable toward a
+fellow who, in the midst of peril, had left
+friends, probably relatives, to their fate. However,
+he started to change the course of the
+launch, when Pep, swinging one arm over the
+other in masterly progress like the fine swimmer
+he always had been, crossed the bow of the
+craft.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ll take care of him,” shouted Pep to
+Frank, “and here’s Randy in the skiff.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank saw Randy making for the spot, and as
+Pep grasped the side of the floating box the skiff
+came alongside.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hold on! Stop that other boat,” blubbered
+the young fellow. “I want to go ashore in a
+safe rig; I want to get to my aunt.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What did you leave her for?” demanded
+Pep, firing up.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Huh! Think I want to get drowned?”
+whimpered the other.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep helped the scared youth into the skiff,
+drew himself over its edge, and directed just one
+remark to the rescued lad.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say!” he observed, indignantly. “I’d just
+like to kick you.”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_18'></a>18</span><a name='chIII' id='chIII'></a>CHAPTER III—SHORT OF FUNDS</h2>
+<p>
+Frank drove the motor launch shoreward
+with accuracy and speed. The stout lady had
+shrieked and acted as if half mad until she had
+been assured that Peter was safe. She had to
+see with her own eyes that Peter had been pulled
+into the rowboat with Randy and Pep. Then
+she collapsed again.
+</p>
+<p>
+While she lay limp and exhausted, the young
+lady with her mopped her head with a handkerchief
+and fanned her. The engineer of the
+motor boat had got near to Frank. He looked
+pale and distressed. He kept his eye fixed on the
+sinking motor boat for a time.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s the last of her,” he remarked, with a
+sigh.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes,” responded Frank, “we couldn’t do
+anything toward saving her.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I should think not. I tell you, if you hadn’t
+known your business I don’t know what would
+have happened to us. Mrs. Carrington was entirely
+unmanageable, her companion can’t swim,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_19'></a>19</span>
+and of course I wouldn’t leave them to perish.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“The stout lady is Mrs. Carrington, I suppose?”
+asked Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s right.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“And Peter, I suppose, is the brave young man
+who jumped overboard with the float?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“He is her nephew, and a precious kind of a
+relative he is!” said the motor boat man, and his
+face expressed anger and disgust. “He would
+smoke those nasty cigarettes of his and throw
+the stubs where he liked. Honestly, I believe it
+was one of those that started the fire.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“He hasn’t shown himself to be very valiant
+or courageous,” commented Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+There was a great crowd at the beach near the
+shore end of the pier where the launch landed.
+The skiff holding Randy, Pep and their dripping
+and shivering companion glided to the same spot
+as an officer saw that the launch was secured.
+He stared down in an undecided way at the helpless
+Mrs. Carrington. Peter, safe and sound
+now, leaped aboard the launch with the assurance
+of an admiral.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hey, officer,” he hailed the man, “get a conveyance
+for the party as quick as you can.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Suppose you do it yourself?” growled the
+motor boat man, looking as if he would like to
+give Peter a good thrashing.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_20'></a>20</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Me? In this rig? Oh, dear, no!” retorted
+the shocked Peter. “I’ve got five suits of clothes
+home. Really, I ought to send for one. Don’t
+know what the people at Catalpa Terrace will say
+to see me coming home looking like a drowned
+rat, don’t you know,” and Peter grinned in a
+silly, self-important way.
+</p>
+<p>
+“He makes me sick!” blurted out the motor
+boat man.
+</p>
+<p>
+The young lady who was supporting Mrs. Carrington
+leaned toward Frank. Her face expressed
+the respect and admiration she felt for
+their rescuer.
+</p>
+<p>
+“We can never thank you enough for your
+prompt service,” she said, in a voice that trembled
+a trifle from excitement.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I am glad I was within call,” replied Frank,
+modestly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Won’t you kindly give me your name?” inquired
+the young lady. “I am Miss Porter, and
+I am companion to Mrs. Carrington. I know her
+ways so well, that I am sure the first thing she
+will want to know when she becomes herself
+again is the name of her brave rescuer.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“My name is Frank Durham,” replied our
+hero. “My chums in the little boat are Randolph
+Powell and Pepperill Smith.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“So you live here at Seaside Park? Where
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_21'></a>21</span>
+can Mrs. Carrington send you word, for I am
+positive she will wish to see you?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“We may stay here until to-morrow—I cannot
+tell,” explained Frank. “If we do, I think
+we will be at the Beach Hotel.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The young lady had a small writing tablet with
+a tiny pencil attached, secured by a ribbon at her
+waist. She made some notations. Then she extended
+her hand and grasped Frank’s with the
+fervency of a grateful and appreciative person.
+Then an auto cab drew up at the end of the pier,
+the officer summoned help, and Mrs. Carrington
+was lifted from the launch. Frank assisted Miss
+Porter, and Peter, apparently fancying himself
+an object of admiration to all the focussed eyes
+of the crowd, disappeared into the automobile.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hey!” yelled Pep after him, doubling his
+fists. “Thank you!”
+</p>
+<p>
+The motor boat man grasped Frank’s hand
+with honest thankfulness in his eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I shan’t forget you very soon,” he said with
+genuine feeling.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Did the boat belong to you?” asked Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, I own two motor boats here,” explained
+the man, “and run them for just such parties as
+you see.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“The explosion will cause you some money
+loss.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_22'></a>22</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“I hardly think so,” answered the man.
+“Mrs. Carrington is a rich woman, they say, and
+she is quite liberal, too. I think she will do the
+right thing and not leave all the loss on a poor
+man like myself.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Get the skiff back where you found it,
+Randy,” directed Frank. “I will be with you
+soon,” and he started the launch back for the
+spot where he had been allowed to use it by its
+owner.
+</p>
+<p>
+A chorus of cheers followed him. Glancing
+across the pier, Frank noted the owner of the
+motor boat surrounded by a crowd and being
+interviewed by two young fellows who looked
+like newspaper reporters. One of them parted
+the throng suddenly and ran along the pier, focussing
+a camera upon the launch. He took a
+snap shot and waved his hand with an admiring
+gesture at its operator.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Young man, I don’t know when I have been
+so pleased and proud,” observed the owner of
+the launch as Frank drove up to the pier where
+he stood. “I’m glad I had my boat at hand and
+as bright and smart a fellow as you to run it
+just in the nick of time.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank felt pleased over his efforts to be helpful
+to others. He was too boyish and ingenuous
+not to suffer some embarrassment as he
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_23'></a>23</span>
+passed little groups staring after him. Such remarks
+as “That’s him!” “There he goes!”
+“Plucky fellow!” and the like greeted his hearing
+and made him blush consciously.
+</p>
+<p>
+He found his friends down the beach, Randy
+laughing at Pep and joking with him, the latter
+seated on the edge of the boardwalk emptying
+the water out of his shoes and grumbling at a
+great rate.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What’s the trouble, Pep?” hailed Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Trouble! Say, whenever I think of my
+chance to duck that cheap cad we took aboard
+the skiff I want to lam myself. ‘Jumped overboard
+to hurry for help,’ he claimed. Then
+found ‘that he had forgotten he couldn’t swim.’
+Bah!” and the irate Pep slammed his shoe down
+on a board as if it was the head of the offensive
+and offending Peter Carrington.
+</p>
+<p>
+“We’ll go up town and get you dried out,
+Pep,” remarked Frank. “I say, fellows, I’m inclined
+to believe that we’re going to find an
+opportunity of some kind here at Seaside Park.
+The little hotel we inquired at seems to be the
+cheapest in the place, and we had better make
+arrangements there for a sort of headquarters,
+even if we don’t stay here more than a day or
+two.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That suits,” nodded Randy. “The man offered a double
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_24'></a>24</span>
+room on the top floor for a dollar,
+and we can pick up our meals outside.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The three chums concluded the arrangement at
+the Beach Hotel. Fortunately each had brought
+an extra suit of clothes on his journey, and Pep
+was placed in comfortable trim once more. Then
+they sallied forth again to make a tour of the
+parts of the little town they had not previously
+visited.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Just look at the crowds right within a stone’s
+throw of the place we are thinking of renting,”
+said Pep, as quite naturally they wandered back
+to the empty store so suited to their purposes and
+so desired by each.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, and it keeps up from almost daybreak
+clear up to midnight,” declared Randy. “Why,
+Frank, we could run three shifts four hours each.
+Just think of it—twelve shows a day. Say, it
+would be a gold mine!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I agree with you that it looks very promising,”
+decided Frank. “We must do some close
+figuring, fellows.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Let’s go inside and look the building over
+again,” suggested Pep, and this they did.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, hello!” instantly exclaimed the owner.
+“Back again?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, Mr. Morton,” replied Frank, pleasantly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Shake!” cried the old fellow, dropping a
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_25'></a>25</span>
+hammer he held and in turn grasping a hand of
+each of his juvenile visitors. “You’re some
+pluck, the three of you. That was the neatest
+round-up I ever saw. What you been before?
+Life saving service?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, hardly——” began Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, you got those people off that burning
+motor boat slicker than I ever saw it done before.
+Look here, lads, business is business, and I
+have to hustle too hard for the dollars to take
+any risks, but I like the way you do things, and
+if I can help you figure out how you may take
+a lease on the premises here and make something
+out of the old barracks, I’m going to favor you.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“We shall decide this evening, Mr. Morton,”
+said Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, you’ve got an option on the place till
+you are ready to report, no matter who comes
+along.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Thank you,” bowed Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, I do so hope we can make it!” exclaimed
+the impetuous Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+They were hungry enough to enjoy a hearty
+meal at a restaurant. Then they found themselves
+tired enough for a resting spell. Their
+room at the hotel was a lofty one, but it commanded
+the whole beach and afforded an unobstructed
+view of the sea for miles. The chums
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_26'></a>26</span>
+arranged their chairs so as to catch the cool breeze
+coming off the water, forming a half-circle about
+an open window.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank had been pretty quiet since they had last
+seen the vacant store, leaving Randy and Pep to
+do the chattering. They knew their business
+chum had been doing some close calculating and
+they eagerly awaited his first word.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Tell you, fellows,” finally spoke their leader
+in an offhand but serious way, “I’ve turned and
+twisted about all the many corners to this big
+proposition before us, and it’s no trivial responsibility
+for amateurs like us.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“We made good at Fairlands; didn’t we?”
+challenged Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That is true,” admitted Frank, “but remember
+our investment there wasn’t heavy; we didn’t
+have to go into debt, expenses were light, we
+were right among friends who wanted to encourage
+us, and we had free board at home.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s so,” murmured Randy, with a long-drawn
+sigh.
+</p>
+<p>
+“If we start in here at Seaside Park,”
+went on Frank, “we have got to fix up right up
+to date or we’ll find ourselves nowhere in a very
+little while. There’s electric fans, expensive advertising,
+a big license fee, more help and the
+films—that’s the feature that worries me. As
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_27'></a>27</span>
+we learned this morning, we have got to have
+the latest and best in that direction.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“But twelve shows a day, Frank,” urged Pep.
+“Think of it—twelve!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, I know,” responded Frank. “It looks
+very easy until some break comes along. I
+wouldn’t like to pile up a lot of expenses, and
+then have to flunk and lose not only the little
+capital we have but the outfit we’ve worked so
+hard to get. Truth is, fellows, any way I figure
+it out, we’re short of the ready funds to carry
+this thing through.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy and Pep looked pretty blank at this. It
+was a decidedly wet blanket on all their high
+hopes.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Couldn’t we get a partner who would finance
+us?” finally suggested Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, say, give me that chance!” spoke an
+eager voice that brought the three chums to their
+feet.
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_28'></a>28</span><a name='chIV' id='chIV'></a>CHAPTER IV—AN OLD FRIEND</h2>
+<p>
+It had grown nearly dusk while the three
+chums sat at the window of their room animatedly
+discussing their prospects. None of
+them had thought of lighting the gas and the
+night shadows that had crept into the room prevented
+them from recognizing the intruder whom
+they now faced.
+</p>
+<p>
+They had left the door of the room leading
+into the corridor wide open to allow a free current
+of air. The doorway framed a dim figure
+who now advanced into the room as Frank challenged
+sharply:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Who’s that?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, it’s me—Peter,” came the cool reply.
+“Don’t you remember?”
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter—Peter Carrington—stalked closer to the
+window with the superb effrontery that was a
+natural part of his make-up. He ducked his head
+and grinned at the chums in the most familiar
+manner in the world. There was a spare chair
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_29'></a>29</span>
+near by. Peter moved it near to the others and
+sat down as if he owned it.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Feels good to rest,” he enlightened his grim
+and astonished hosts. “Had a message for you,
+and the hotel clerk directed me to your room.
+Say, you must fancy climbing four flights of
+stairs!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You seem to have made it,” observed Randy,
+in a rather hostile tone, while Pep seemed bristling
+all over.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Glad I did,” piped Peter, cheerfully.
+“Wouldn’t have missed it for worlds. Just in
+time to hear you fellows going over your dandy
+scheme, and say—it’s a winner! Photo playhouse
+on the beach! Why, it’ll coin money!”
+</p>
+<p>
+Nobody said anything. Frank was minded to
+treat the intruder civilly and resumed his chair.
+Suddenly Pep flared out:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Have you been waiting out in the hall there,
+listening to our private conversation?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Guess I have; glad I did,” chuckled the
+thick-skinned Peter. “I heard you say you were
+short of funds and something about a partner.
+What’s the matter with me? I suppose you
+know my aunt is rich and we’re some folks here.
+We live up on the Terrace—most fashionable
+part of the town. Why, if I had an interest in
+your show I could fill your place with complimentaries
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_30'></a>30</span>
+to the real people of Seaside Park.
+They’d advertise you, my friends would, till
+there’d be nothing but standing room left.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Think so?” observed Randy, drily.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Know it. I’m my aunt’s heir, you know, and
+she’s got scads of money. She’s been drawing
+the tight rein on me lately. I smashed an automobile
+last week and it cost her over four hundred
+dollars, and she’s holding me pretty close on
+the money question. But in business, she’d
+stake me for anything I wanted. Says she wants
+to see me get into something.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You got into the water when the motor boat
+blew up, all right,” remarked Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hey?” spoke Peter, struggling over the suggestion
+presented. “Oh, you mean a joke? Ha!
+ha! yes, indeed. Business, though, now,” and
+Peter tried to look shrewd and important.
+</p>
+<p>
+“We have not yet decided what we are going
+to do,” said Frank. “As you have overheard,
+we need a little more capital than what we actually
+have. I will remember your kind offer, and
+if we cannot figure it out as we hope I may speak
+to you on the subject later.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I wish you would come right up to the house
+now and tell my Aunt Susie all about it,” pressed
+Peter, urgently.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I couldn’t think of it,” answered Frank.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_31'></a>31</span>
+“No, you leave matters just as I suggest and
+we will see what may come of it.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say, Frank,” whispered Pep, on fire with
+excitement, “you don’t mean to think of encouraging
+this noodle; do you?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I want to get rid of him,” answered Frank,
+and all hands were relieved to see the persistent
+Peter rise from his seat.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, say,” he suddenly exclaimed—“I came
+for something, that’s so. My aunt wants to see
+you, all three of you. Miss Porter gave her your
+names and addresses and she wouldn’t rest until
+I had come down here. She wants you all to
+come to dinner to-morrow evening and she won’t
+take no for an answer.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, we may not be here then,” said Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, you must come,” declared Peter, “now
+I have a chance to go in with you. I couldn’t
+think of your not seeing her. Look here,” and
+Peter winked and tried to look sly—“Aunt Susie
+is no tightwad. She is the most generous
+woman in the world. She’s minded to give you
+fellows a fine meal and treat you like princes.
+She considers that you saved her life and she
+can’t do too much for you. Say, on the quiet,
+I’ll bet she makes you a present of fifty dollars
+apiece.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What for?” demanded Frank.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_32'></a>32</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“For getting to that burning boat and saving
+all hands, of course. Why, I wouldn’t take the
+risk you did of being blown up for a thousand
+dollars.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“No, I don’t think you would,” announced
+Pep, bluntly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ll tell you,” went on their guest—“if
+you’ll give me a tip on the side I’ll work up
+Aunt Susie to a hundred dollars apiece. There,
+I know I can do it.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank bit his lip and tried to keep from losing
+his temper with this mean-spirited cad. Then he
+said with quiet dignity:
+</p>
+<p>
+“I think you had better go, Mr. Carrington,
+and I shall expect you to tell your aunt that we
+were only too glad to do a trifling service for
+her. Please inform her, also, that I am quite certain
+we shall be too busy to accept her kind invitation
+for to-morrow evening; in fact, we may
+leave Seaside Park for our home at Fairlands
+early in the morning.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Dauntless Peter! you could not squelch that
+shallow nerve of his. In a trice he shouted out:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why! do you live at Fairlands?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes,” nodded Frank, wondering what was
+coming next from this extraordinary youth.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Then you know Greg Grayson?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, yes,” admitted Randy.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_33'></a>33</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“I should think we did!” observed Pep, with
+a wry grimace.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, then, we’re regular friends,” insisted
+Peter, acting as if he was about to embrace all
+hands. “He was my roommate at school. We
+were like twin brothers.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Maybe that’s the reason!” muttered Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“His folks are big guns in Fairlands, just as
+we are here. Say, if you know Greg Grayson,
+that settles it. You just ask him if I ain’t all
+right—up to snuff and all that—and if I wouldn’t
+make a fine partner.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank managed to usher their persistent visitor
+from the room, all the way down the corridor
+the latter insisting that he was going to
+“put the proposition up to Aunt Susie” forthwith,
+and that they would hear from him on the
+morrow.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Frank,” exclaimed Pep, “it seems good to
+get rid of that fellow.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“A fine partner he’d make,” observed Randy,
+with a snort.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I am dreadfully sorry he overheard our
+plans,” spoke Frank. “Of course it will soon be
+generally known if we decide to locate here; but
+this Peter may talk a lot of rubbish that might
+hurt us or start somebody else on our idea.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“And to think of his knowing Greg Grayson,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_34'></a>34</span>
+and playing him off on us as a recommendation!”
+cried Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“They make a good pair,” added Randy.
+“Why, I’d give up the whole business before I
+would have either of them connected with our
+plans in any way.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I wouldn’t wonder if Mr. Jolly might happen
+along if we stay here a day or two longer,” remarked
+Frank. “You know he was the first to
+suggest a look at Seaside Park with a view to
+business.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s so,” said Randy. “Did you write to
+him, Frank?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes. You know when we closed up at Fairlands
+he said he would take a day or two visiting
+some relatives and looking over the movies
+business in the city.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Ben Jolly told me he wasn’t going to stay
+idle all summer. Nor let us do it, either,” observed
+Pep. “He’ll have something fresh to tell
+us when we see him.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, when we left Fairlands I sent him a
+few lines telling him that we were going to look
+over the field here,” said Frank. “That is why
+I think he may drop in on us.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I wish he would,” declared Randy. “Mr.
+Jolly knows so much about the business. What’s
+the programme for to-morrow, Frank?”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_35'></a>35</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, I thought we would find out what it
+will cost us to move our traps here from Fairlands,
+the amount of the license fee for the show,
+the cost of a lot of electric wiring and current we
+will need if we locate at Seaside Park, how much
+it will cost us to live, and a lot of such details.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The boys had a wonderfully refreshing sleep
+in that high room pervaded with cool ocean
+breezes, and got up fully an hour later than they
+had planned. After Peter Carrington had left
+them the evening before they had strolled down
+the beach about nine o’clock to get an idea of the
+evening crowds. This filled them more than ever
+with ardor as to their prospective business undertaking.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I say,” Randy had observed, “don’t you see,
+Frank, there aren’t enough amusements to go
+around?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes,” Frank had assented, “the crowds seem
+just in trim for some lively entertainment.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The chums dispatched a substantial breakfast
+at the restaurant. Then they started out on their
+second day’s investigation of conditions and prospects
+at Seaside Park.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank made it a point to interview several
+owners of concessions along the beach. Those
+with whom he talked had attractions vastly inferior
+to the one the chums designed to operate, but
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_36'></a>36</span>
+the boys picked up many a suggestion and useful
+hint. It was shortly before noon when they sat
+down to rest under a tree in that part of the
+town given over to permanent residences and
+summer cottages. They began talking over the
+ever-present theme of their photo playhouse when
+there was an interruption.
+</p>
+<p>
+Down the street there strolled leisurely a young
+man who made it a point to halt whenever he got
+in front of a house. There he would linger and
+begin a series of whistling exploits that made the
+air vibrate with the most ravishing melody.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say, just listen to that!” exclaimed Pep, in
+a pleased tone.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s one of those trick whistles,” declared
+Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Then it’s an extra fine one,” said Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I think you are mistaken, boys,” suggested
+Frank. “Those are real human notes—at least
+almost exact human imitations of bird tones.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, then, the fellow must have a throat
+like a nightingale,” asserted the enthusiastic Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+The active whistler deserved all the chums said
+about him. His repertoire seemed exhaustless.
+He confined himself to imitations of birds exclusively—and
+of only such birds as were native
+to the surrounding country.
+</p>
+<p>
+He fairly filled the air with melody, and real
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_37'></a>37</span>
+birds in the trees and shrubbery about the handsome
+residences of the locality twittered, hopped
+about and responded in an echoing chorus to his
+expert call.
+</p>
+<p>
+Little children came running out of yards to
+gaze in wonder and admiration at this unusual
+warbler. Even older folks watched and listened
+to him. The man turned a corner out of view of
+the motion picture chums, followed by quite a
+procession.
+</p>
+<p>
+He had scarcely vanished before a high wagon
+such as is used to carry cooper’s barrels turned
+slowly into the street. A slow old horse pulled
+it along. Its driver nimbly leaped from his seat.
+The moment he called out “Whoa!” to the horse
+and turned his face toward the chums, Pep Smith
+uttered a great shout.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, fellows, see,” he cried, in mingled glee
+and surprise—“it’s Ben Jolly!”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_38'></a>38</span><a name='chV' id='chV'></a>CHAPTER V—THE BIRD HOUSE</h2>
+<p>
+Ben Jolly it was, more sprightly, more jolly-looking
+than ever, for he waved his hand with a
+genial smile to the children staring down the side
+street after the whistler. The other reached into
+the wagon. Instantly upon recognizing their old-time
+friend and helper the three chums started in
+his direction.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hi, there!” hailed Pep, while Randy waved
+his hand gaily and all hurried their gait.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well! well!” exclaimed Jolly, his face an
+expanding smile of welcome, extending both
+hands and greeting his friends in turn. “I expected
+to find you here and headed for here, but
+I did not expect to run across you so oddly.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“For mercy’s sake, Mr. Jolly,” burst forth
+Randy, staring in amazement at the wagon,
+“what in the world have you got there?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why bird houses,” replied Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Bird houses?” repeated Pep, equally bewildered. “What
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_39'></a>39</span>
+are you doing with such a lot
+of bird houses?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Selling them, of course.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank himself was surprised and puzzled. The
+wagon contained half a dozen tiers of little box-like
+structures packed close. At one side was a
+heap of poles the size of display flag staffs. These
+poles were stout and heavy, painted white, and
+about twelve feet in length. The houses were
+about two feet high and as wide. They were
+painted white, like the poles, and were exact
+models of a broad, low colonial house, even to
+the veranda. The roof was painted red, there
+was an imitation chimney and a double open
+doorway in front trimmed with green. All
+around this miniature house were little apertures
+representing windows.
+</p>
+<p>
+A neater, more inviting little bird house for a
+garden could not well be imagined. As Jolly took
+a sample from the wagon the little children
+flocked about him on tiptoe of curiosity. There
+were admiring “Oh’s!” and “Ah’s!” “Ain’t
+they cute!” “What cunning little houses!” and
+“Oh, mister! are they for sale?” “What do
+they cost?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“If you will excuse me while I make a demonstration,”
+observed Jolly, “I’ll explain what it’s
+all about.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_40'></a>40</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“What a rare fellow he is!” remarked Randy
+to his companions, as they stepped aside.
+</p>
+<p>
+“The same busy, happy, good-natured friend
+of everybody,” returned Frank, with genuine
+feeling.
+</p>
+<p>
+If there was a being in the world the motion
+picture chums had reason to feel kindly toward
+it was this same Ben Jolly. A free wanderer,
+taking things easy, tramping flower-fringed country
+roads, making his way, willing to meet any
+task that came along, Ben Jolly had dropped into
+their life at the critical moment when they were
+discussing the prospects of their first motion picture
+show at Fairlands.
+</p>
+<p>
+Ben had been a Jack-of-all-trades and knew a
+little something about pretty nearly everything.
+Particularly he knew a good deal about the
+movies. He gave the boys advice and suggestions
+that enabled them to buy their first outfit
+at a bargain and the day the show opened appeared
+with an old piano which he had induced
+a rich relative to buy. From that time on Ben
+Jolly furnished the music for the Wonderland
+photo playhouse and, as told in our first volume,
+was the means of unearthing a plot against the
+father of Frank Durham, whereby he had been
+swindled out of a small estate.
+</p>
+<p>
+Jolly took a sample bird house under each arm
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_41'></a>41</span>
+and entered the first yard he came to, the interested
+children keeping him close company. He
+came out of the first house with only one bird
+house, he came out of the second with none.
+Along the block he visited on both sides of the
+street Jolly disposed of just eleven of the attractive
+little miniature domiciles, distributed poles
+later to each purchaser and rejoined the boys.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Now, then,” he said, briskly, placing a little
+roll of banknotes in a well-filled wallet, “how are
+you and what are the prospects?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Excellent,” declared Randy. “See here,
+though, Mr. Jolly, will you kindly explain this
+new business of yours?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Simply a side line,” replied Jolly, in a gay,
+offhand manner.
+</p>
+<p>
+“But where did you ever pick up that rig and
+that lot of odd truck?” challenged Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I picked up better than that,” retorted Jolly,
+cheerily. “I ran across the finest advance agent
+in the business—and here he comes. You knew
+him once, but under his stage name of Hal Pope.
+He’s Mr. Hal Vincent now.”
+</p>
+<p>
+At that moment the whistler came into view,
+having circled the block. As he approached,
+Frank’s face expressed pleased surprise.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why,” exclaimed Pep, “it’s our friend the
+ventriloquist.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_42'></a>42</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“So it is,” echoed Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Glad to meet you again,” said Hal Vincent,
+and there was an all-around handshaking.
+“You’re all looking fine and I hear you’re prosperous.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Not so much so that we could afford to hire
+you for our programme at Fairlands, as we
+would like to do, Mr. Vincent,” replied Frank,
+with a smile.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep began to grin as he looked at Vincent, and
+the memory of their first meeting was reviewed.
+Then he chuckled and finally he broke out into
+a ringing guffaw.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Thinking of my first and only appearance at
+that auction where you bought your movies outfit?”
+inquired Vincent, with a smile.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Will we ever forget it?” cried Randy. “I
+tell you, Mr. Vincent, if you hadn’t made the
+auctioneer believe that two innocent bystanders
+were bidding against each other with your ventriloquism,
+and gained time until Frank arrived,
+we would never have gotten into the motion picture
+business.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“It worked finely; didn’t it?” answered Vincent.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I ran across Hal at Tresco, about thirty miles
+from here,” narrated Ben Jolly. “He was counting
+the ties in the direction of New York, having
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_43'></a>43</span>
+left the dummies he uses in his stunts on the
+stage for meals and lodging.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, I was about all that was left of the Consolidated
+Popular Amusement Corporation,” put
+in Vincent. “I was glad to meet an old friend
+like Ben. He told me there was the shadow of
+a chance that you might start in at Seaside Park
+and wanted me to come along with him. Then
+we ran across the outfit here,” and the speaker
+nodded toward the wagon and its contents.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That was my brilliant idea,” added Jolly.
+“I call it a rare stroke of luck, the way we ran
+across the outfit.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“How?” projected Pep, vastly curious.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, a carpenter in a little town we came
+through had got crippled. The doctor told him
+he wouldn’t get around without crutches for six
+months. He was a lively, industrious old fellow
+and couldn’t bear to be idle. Had a lot of waste
+lumber and worked it up into dog houses. There
+weren’t many dogs in the town, so his sale was
+limited. Then the bird house idea came along.
+The carpenter got the local paper to print a lot
+about the birds, the merry birds, that sing about
+our door——”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That—sing—about—our—door!” echoed
+a slow, deep bass, apparently away up in a high
+tree near by, and the boys knew that their gifted
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_44'></a>44</span>
+ventriloquist friend was exercising his talents.
+</p>
+<p>
+“The carpenter,” proceeded Jolly, “hired a
+lot of boys to go forth on his mission of kindness
+to our feathery songsters. The campaign
+went ahead until nearly everybody wanting a
+bird house got one. Our friend found himself
+with some two hundred of the little structures
+left on his hands. He had overstocked the market,
+with a big surplus left on his hands. When
+we came along it was a sign in front of his place
+that attracted our attention. It read: ‘These
+fine bird houses and a capable horse, wagon, and
+harness for sale for a mere song.’
+</p>
+<p>
+“Anything odd always catches me, so I interviewed
+the old man. It seemed that he had received
+word only that day that a relative in
+another part of the country had left him a farm.
+He wanted to realize quick and he offered me the
+bird house outfit and the rig all for fifty dollars.
+I had only thirty-eight dollars, and he took that
+and gave me his new address. The arrangement
+was that if I was lucky in getting rid of the bird
+houses I was to send him the balance. If I didn’t
+he was willing to charge it up to profit and loss.
+He’ll get that balance,” announced Jolly, with a
+satisfied smile.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It looks so, judging from your sales of the
+last half-hour,” remarked Frank.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_45'></a>45</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“What do you get for the little houses, Mr.
+Jolly?” inquired Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“A dollar apiece. I don’t sell them, though—not
+a bit of it,” exclaimed Ben Jolly, modestly.
+“It’s Hal. You ought to hear his whole repertoire—orioles,
+thrushes, mourning doves, nightingales,
+mocking birds. He infuses the neighborhood
+with the melody and I slide in with the
+practical goods. And that rig—remember the
+noise wagon at Fairlands, Pep Smith?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Do I?” cried Pep, in a gloating way—“I
+should say I did!”
+</p>
+<p>
+The “noise wagon” had been introduced in
+connection with the photo playhouse at Fairlands
+and had become a novel institution with
+the inhabitants. A wagon enclosed with canvas,
+bearing announcements of existing and coming
+film features, was provided with a big bass
+drum, bells, huge board clappers and some horns—all
+operated by pedals under the driver’s feet.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You see this new rig of mine would work in
+on the same basis here,” proceeded Jolly. “If
+not, I can get more for the outfit than I paid for
+it, anyway. Now then, Durham, where can we
+find you this evening?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why not sooner?” suggested the impetuous
+Pep. “We’ve a great lot to tell you, Mr. Jolly.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“And I’m anxious to hear it all,” declared
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_46'></a>46</span>
+Jolly, “but we’ve got our stock to get rid of.
+Nothing like keeping at it when you’ve made a
+good beginning; and this town starts out promising-like.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank now decided that he would remain over
+at Seaside Park for another day at least. The
+appearance of Ben Jolly somehow infused all
+hands with renewed vim and cheerfulness. The
+chums were glad also to meet Hal Vincent. He
+had done them a big favor in the past and they
+realized that he could be of considerable advantage
+to them in the future in case they located at
+Seaside Park.
+</p>
+<p>
+Vincent had the reputation of being an accomplished
+all-around entertainer. He was an expert
+ventriloquist and parlor magician, liked the boys
+and had told Frank on the occasion of their first
+meeting that he would be glad to go on their
+programme at any time for a very moderate compensation.
+</p>
+<p>
+Ben Jolly burst in upon his young friends with
+his usual bustle and buoyancy about six o’clock
+that evening. He merrily chinked a pocket full
+of silver and was all ready for what might next
+come along, and eager to tackle it.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Left Hal finishing one of the few full meals
+he has had since his show broke up,” reported
+Jolly. “Got rid of the last one of the bird
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_47'></a>47</span>
+houses—and, see here, Frank,” and the volatile
+speaker exhibited a comfortable-looking roll of
+bank notes. “That was a fine speculation, the
+way it turned out, and leaves me quite in funds.
+Now then, what’s the programme?”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank became serious at once and all the others
+as well. He told his loyal friend all about their
+plans and hopes. Jolly shook his head soberly
+when Frank produced some figures showing that
+the amount necessary to operate a new photo
+playhouse was beyond their ready means.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ve got nearly one hundred dollars you are
+welcome to,” reported Jolly promptly, “but
+that’s about my limit. You see, when I got the
+money to buy that piano and the ‘noise wagon’
+I practically sold my prospects for a last mess of
+pottage. I’m willing to pitch in and live ’most
+any way to give the new show a start, but when
+it comes to raising the extra five hundred dollars
+needed, I’m afraid I can’t help you much.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy looked glum at this, and Pep was almost
+crying. Ben Jolly sat chewing a toothpick
+vigorously, his thinking cap on.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Perhaps we had better give up the idea of
+coming to Seaside Park until we are a little
+stronger in a money way——” Frank had begun,
+when there was an interruption.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Someone to see Mr. Frank Durham,” announced a bellboy,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_48'></a>48</span>
+appearing in the open doorway.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank arose from his chair promptly and went
+out into the corridor.
+</p>
+<p>
+“In the ladies’ parlor, sir,” added the bellboy,
+and Frank went down the stairs, wondering who
+this unexpected visitor could be.
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_49'></a>49</span><a name='chVI' id='chVI'></a>CHAPTER VI—A FRIEND IN NEED</h2>
+<p>
+Frank Durham entered the ladies’ parlor of
+the hotel to see a stout, dressy woman arise,
+joined by a girlish companion. He recognized
+both at once. They were the persons he had
+taken aboard the launch from the burning motor
+boat the afternoon before.
+</p>
+<p>
+“This is Mr. Durham,” spoke Miss Porter,
+and she smiled in a friendly way at our hero,
+while her companion extended her bejeweled
+hand with a decided show of welcome.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I was so overcome by that explosion,” said
+Mrs. Carrington, “that I just got a glimpse of
+you. Then that ridiculous fainting away! I
+have thanked Miss Porter a dozen times for having
+had the foresight to obtain your name and
+that of your brave young comrades. Now then,
+Mr. Durham, if you please, sit down and give an
+account of yourself.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“In what way, madam?” asked Frank, with
+an embarrassed smile, and flushing at the compliment
+conveyed.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_50'></a>50</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why have you not accepted our invitation to
+come up to the house, as I requested?” demanded
+Mrs. Carrington, pretending to be very severe.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I certainly appreciated your kindness in
+thinking of me,” replied Frank; “but I have been
+very much occupied with business and did not
+know yesterday how long I would remain at Seaside
+Park. Then, too, some friends arrived this
+afternoon.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I am used to being obeyed, young man,”
+Mrs. Carrington, with a playful frown. “I have
+no doubt, though, that I sent a blundering messenger.
+Oh, that Peter of mine! I never know
+how to place him. He came back perfectly wild
+over going into the motion picture business with
+you. He has been tormenting me all day long
+about it. I have told him decidedly that I should
+not encourage him in any way.
+</p>
+<p>
+“To tell you the truth, Mr. Durham, Peter is
+a sad failure at anything that requires application
+and work. I would not do you the injustice
+of having you hampered by a person who
+has no business training and does not know the
+value of money. The fact is, Peter has been a
+great cross to me of late, and I am now in correspondence
+with a military school, with the idea
+of getting him where a year’s discipline may do
+him some good.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_51'></a>51</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank had not for a moment seriously entertained
+the thought of taking Peter Carrington
+into partnership. He felt immensely relieved,
+however, to find that his visitor did not press
+that phase of the subject.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I have come, first and foremost,” went on
+the fussy but good-natured lady, “to thank you
+for what you did for us. When I think of how
+near we were to drowning or burning up it makes
+me shudder! My friends, who happened to see
+your picture in this morning’s paper——”
+</p>
+<p>
+“My picture?” exclaimed Frank, in bewilderment.
+“What picture, Mrs. Carrington?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why,” cried Mrs. Carrington, “he actually
+is so modest he hasn’t realized what a hero he
+has been! I refer to the splendid account of your
+bravery in the <em>Brenton Daily News</em>.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Brenton was the nearest city, about twenty
+miles from Seaside Park. Frank began to get a
+faint glimmering of the situation now. The reporter
+who had snap-shotted him with his camera
+from the pier must have sent his story to the
+paper Mrs. Carrington mentioned.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I think I have the clipping about the rescue,”
+observed Miss Porter, groping in her hand bag
+while her merry eyes twinkled as she observed
+the increasing embarrassment of Frank. “Yes,
+here it is.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_52'></a>52</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank only glanced at the clipping that was
+held forward for his inspection. He could not
+help but notice the glowing head line; “A Signal
+Act of Bravery,” and observe that a very fair
+picture of himself in the launch was shown.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You can have it, Mr. Durham,” continued
+his mischievous tormentor with a smile. “Your
+friends are named also in the paper and they may
+not dislike honest praise, as you seem to do.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Now then,” broke in Mrs. Carrington, in her
+self-assertive way, “let me say what I specially
+came down here to say. Oh, I was telling about
+my friends. They have fairly overwhelmed me
+with congratulations over my fortunate escape.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, and some of them who saw the newspaper
+account said—what was it, Mrs. Carrington?
+You must tell Mr. Durham,” declared the
+younger woman.
+</p>
+<p>
+“About the handsome picture and what a sensible,
+thoughtful young man our rescuer must
+be?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, Mrs. Carrington,” pleaded Frank. “I
+beg of you!—it is I who am being overwhelmed
+now. You will make me so vain I will really begin
+to think I did something of consequence.
+Why, there isn’t a young fellow anywhere who
+wouldn’t hasten to help ladies in distress.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Don’t belittle what you did,” said Mrs. Carrington,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_53'></a>53</span>
+and her face and tone grew very serious.
+“You did so much of consequence, Mr. Durham,
+and you did it so manfully and nobly that I
+would not think of affronting you with any offer
+of a reward. I fancy I read you deeper than you
+think as to that feature. I will say this, however,
+and I came here especially to say it, that I am
+your true friend and I am anxious to help you
+and your young companions in a practical, useful
+way.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You are very, very kind to say what you
+do,” said Frank earnestly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Let me be really kind,” suggested Mrs. Carrington,
+“and I shall be satisfied. My nephew
+has told me enough about your business plans to
+convince me that you are at a critical point in
+your career, where a little capital may be everything
+to you. I am a wealthy woman, Mr. Durham.
+I do not wish to offer you a gift. Simply
+as a business woman who has confidence in you,
+let me know about your affairs and help you in
+a business way.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank’s head drooped. The boy who never
+flinched from pain or fear was so deeply moved
+by the friendly interest of this kind-hearted
+woman, that he could not keep back a long-drawn
+sigh of appreciation and gratitude.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You make me think of my own kind
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_54'></a>54</span>
+mother,” said Frank quite brokenly. “It is worth
+living to find such friends.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You dear boy!” cried Mrs. Carrington, placing
+a hand on Frank’s arm, “I can imagine what
+a lovely mother you must have and for her sake
+you must let me help you along in your business
+enterprise. Come, Mr. Durham, explain your
+needs to me and let me co-operate with you.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The invitation was irresistible. Long since
+Frank had calculated all the risks and chances of
+success in his new enterprise and had decided
+that it could scarcely fail.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Mrs. Carrington,” he said in a straightforward
+way, “I would not allow any person to invest
+money in a business where there was the remotest
+risk of loss. We lack a few hundred dollars
+to start a photo playhouse at Seaside Park
+in the right way. If you feel in a position to advance
+it or become responsible for what we need,
+I wish to secure you so that in case the venture
+goes wrong we will be the only losers.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I not only feel willing to assist you,” said
+Mrs. Carrington, “but I insist upon it. It is
+very simple—how much capital do you require?
+Have you my check book in your hand bag, Miss
+Porter?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“No! no! no!” interrupted Frank urgently,
+“you must not think of doing such a thing as
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_55'></a>55</span>
+that, Mrs. Carrington. It isn’t business, you see.
+If you have some agent or lawyer who will act
+for you, that will be the best way.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The kind lady looked disappointed at the suggestion.
+In her free-hearted way she wished to
+trust Frank without restriction. He saw that her
+feelings were hurt and he hastened to say:
+</p>
+<p>
+“My partners will feel ever so much better to
+have everything arranged in a regular way and
+set down in black and white.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Very well, have your own way, Mr. Durham,”
+said the lady, “only promise to come to
+me if you have any troubles or further lack of
+funds.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, we shall not,” declared Frank, brightening
+with courage and confidence as he saw all obstructions
+to the success of the new show removed;
+and before he realized it, in his quick,
+vivid way he was reciting his plans and prospects
+in detail. Frank told more than he had started
+out to do, for the reason that every time he
+paused his auditors plied him with new questions
+and urged him on with his story.
+</p>
+<p>
+“How very, very interesting,” commented
+Mrs. Carrington.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It is simply delightful!” declared Miss Porter,
+with sparkling eyes. “Oh, dear! it must be
+such a splendid thing to be a boy!”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_56'></a>56</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“I must see your young friends,” insisted
+Mrs. Carrington. “I owe them sincere thanks
+for their part in the rescue, and wish to tell them
+so.”
+</p>
+<p>
+There was nothing for it but that Frank should
+go for his chums. Randy was naturally bashful
+in the presence of strange ladies, but Pep was
+“all there.” Both Mrs. Carrington and Miss
+Porter were interested in the lively lad whom they
+attracted from the start and made Pep feel completely
+at home with his impetuous, original ways
+and remarks.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boys promised to call upon Mrs. Carrington
+as soon as they got settled at Seaside Park.
+Then all three escorted the visitors to an automobile
+waiting at the curb. Beside the chauffeur
+they found Peter Carrington seated. He nodded
+familiarly to the chums. Then he caught Pep’s
+eye.
+</p>
+<p>
+With an air of great importance and a quick
+glance at his aunt and her companion, as if making
+sure that they were not observing him, he
+placed a finger to his lips.
+</p>
+<p>
+“S-st!” he uttered, and winked in an altogether
+mysterious manner at Pep Smith.
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘S-st!’” repeated Pep, as the machine
+started on its way—“now what in the world
+does Peter Carrington mean by ‘S-st?’”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_57'></a>57</span><a name='chVII' id='chVII'></a>CHAPTER VII—BUSINESS BOYS</h2>
+<p>
+“I hope I did right, fellows,” said Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You never do any other way,” declared
+Randy Powell loyally.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Exactly my sentiments,” echoed the impetuous
+Pep Smith. “You’ll say so, too; won’t you,
+Mr. Jolly?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I don’t have to say it,” retorted Ben Jolly
+quickly, “you all know I think it. You’re a man
+of business, Frank Durham, and a Philadelphia
+lawyer couldn’t have conducted this deal in a
+neater, squarer way.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Thank you,” acknowledged Frank, slightly
+flustered at the compliments of the coterie of
+friends about him.
+</p>
+<p>
+The new photo playhouse at Seaside Park was
+a certainty. When the boys came down from
+their rooms at the hotel the morning after the
+visit from Mrs. Carrington and her companion,
+the clerk called to Frank as he was leaving the
+place.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_58'></a>58</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Telephone message for you last night, Mr.
+Durham,” he said. “It came about ten o’clock
+and as it was not urgent and I did not wish to
+disturb you, I thought I would keep it until this
+morning.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The speaker handed a memorandum slip to
+Frank. It read: “Attorney William Slade, on
+request of Mrs. Carrington, would like to see you
+in the morning.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank showed the memorandum to Randy and
+Pep. The chums at once realized what it meant.
+It evinced the determination of the strong-willed
+Mrs. Carrington to have her own way. In fact
+the boys had come to the conclusion that she
+should do so. With Ben Jolly, up in their room
+after their visitors had departed, they had gone
+over the entire proposition in detail.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You would be foolish to allow this chance to
+get the capital you need in this business go by,”
+advised Jolly. “Putting aside the fact that this
+lady feels indebted to you, her offer is fair,
+square and business-like.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank thought over the affair in its every
+phase long after Randy and Pep had gone to
+sleep. Jolly and Vincent had gotten a free shelter
+for their rig and left the hotel to sleep in the
+wagon.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Used to that, you know—the only way in
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_59'></a>59</span>
+the world to live,” asserted Jolly, and then they
+made an arrangement to meet in the morning.
+The ’phone message at once set things in motion.
+The chums had breakfast, Frank learned the address
+of Mr. Slade, and about nine o’clock started
+for his office, which was located over the bank of
+the town.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You had better meet Mr. Jolly, as we
+agreed,” directed Frank to his companions.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Where will you pick us up again?” questioned
+Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, I think I shall not be with this Mr.
+Slade more than an hour,” explained Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say, then,” suggested Pep, “suppose we go
+over to the empty store you’re thinking of turning
+into a motion picture show and hang around
+there?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That empty store has a remarkable fascination
+for you, Pep,” smiled Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You bet it has,” confessed Pep. “Mr. Jolly
+is just as wild over it. I shouldn’t wonder if he
+was looking it over carefully the first thing this
+morning.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Very well,” said Frank, “we will all meet
+there say at eleven o’clock.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Then Frank had gone on his way to report at
+the empty store half an hour earlier than he expected.
+He found his chums and Ben Jolly anxiously awaiting
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_60'></a>60</span>
+him. Vincent had remained with
+the horse and wagon at the barn.
+</p>
+<p>
+There were some old chairs at the rear of the
+vacant building, and Mr. Morton invited them to
+make free use of them. It was quite a business
+conclave that grouped together while Frank told
+his story. It was clear and simple. Mrs. Carrington
+had instructed her attorney to advance
+up to one thousand dollars to Frank and his
+friends as needed.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I insisted that we give the lady a bill of sale
+of all our belongings as security,” explained
+Frank. “The lawyer laughed at me. ‘You
+don’t know a good thing when you see it,’ he
+said. ‘Perhaps not,’ I told him; ‘but I know an
+honorable way to protect those who have confidence
+in me, as far as I can.’ Well, anyhow, I
+made him write out a memorandum of the whole
+transaction and signed a bill of sale. Was I going
+too fast in setting myself up as the one man
+of this very enterprising firm? I hope I did exactly
+right.”
+</p>
+<p>
+And then followed the hearty sanction of Jolly
+and the boys to all Frank had done.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’m only a sort of drifter-in,” observed Jolly,
+“so what I say is only out of friendly interest.
+I would advise that just one of the firm take the
+responsibility, if he’s willing, on the lease and in
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_61'></a>61</span>
+all business dealings. It simplifies things, you
+see.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s got to be Frank, then,” spoke Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It will always be Frank,” echoed Pep. “He’s
+the brains of the business; isn’t he?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I don’t like the way you put it as to your
+being a drifter-in, as you call it, Mr. Jolly,” said
+Frank. “If it wasn’t for you I am afraid the
+Fairlands venture wouldn’t have amounted to
+much.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Sho!” derided Jolly modestly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s true. You had your way about that and
+drew just as little money as you could. Of
+course that was an experiment, and I let you
+have your own way. Now we are on a broader
+basis and I’m going to have mine.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Are you?” challenged Jolly, with twinkling
+eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, sir, I am. I shall make a definite new
+deal all around.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Will you?” said Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Don’t you doubt it. You’ve been a staunch,
+helpful friend and it’s equal partners, if we come
+to Seaside Park.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That is, you think you are going to make a
+business man of me?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You’ve been one all along,” vociferated Pep.
+“Why, that noise wagon idea alone——”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_62'></a>62</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“A freak,” interrupted Jolly, but Frank was
+resolute and it was settled that their interesting
+friend should have a quarter interest in the
+profits of the new venture.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank called Mr. Morton into their confab.
+He explained to him precisely their plans and the
+extent of their capital.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Mrs. Carrington backing you; eh?” he observed.
+“That makes you pretty solid, if you
+only knew it, young man, although I had about
+made up my mind to accept you as a tenant without
+any guarantee. Shall we call it settled—you
+lease the premises until October first, pay me the
+first month’s rent before you come in and give
+me your word that you won’t break the lease?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I wouldn’t take the place on any other arrangement,”
+said Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s settled, then,” said their landlord, and
+Pep followed him as he went to the window
+where the “To Rent” sign was placed, removed
+it and began to tear it up. Pep was pretty near
+dancing. If they had been given a palace he
+could not have been more pleased.
+</p>
+<p>
+“S-st!” sounded a sudden hail and the ubiquitous
+and mysterious Peter Carrington came into
+evidence just outside the open doorway.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hello!” challenged Pep, who could not repress
+his dislike for a fellow who had played the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_63'></a>63</span>
+eavesdropper and left a relative to the risk of
+drowning. “What you snooping around
+for?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Wanted to see you.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“All right,” nodded Pep carelessly. “You
+don’t have to ‘S-st’ at me regularly to get my
+attention, though. What’s on your mind?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I see the rent sign is down.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes,” proclaimed Pep grandly, “we have
+leased the premises.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, I’m dead gone on being a partner.
+Aunt Susie discourages me, but I don’t care for
+that. There’s an uncle of mine over in Brenton
+who says he will back me if the thing shows up
+good, and I want to have a talk with you fellows——”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say, we have all the capital we need,” announced
+Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, you have?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“A new partner just came in.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Huh!” snorted Peter. “Say, you don’t
+mean my aunt?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“She is not a partner, no.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter looked abashed, then disappointed, then
+angry.
+</p>
+<p>
+“’Tain’t fair!” he declared.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What isn’t fair?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I spoke first and I deserve to have a show.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_64'></a>64</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“No one asked you to speak first; did he?”
+propounded Pep bluntly.
+</p>
+<p>
+This staggered Peter. He stood thinking
+deeply. Then he looked Pep over and seemed to
+be studying something.
+</p>
+<p>
+“See here,” he said with a half-cunning expression
+in his face, “I suppose you know a heap
+about the movies?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, tolerable, tolerable,” responded Pep,
+who did indeed think so.
+</p>
+<p>
+“And you remember Greg Grayson, of Fairlands?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I have a perfectly clear memory of Mr.
+Gregory Grayson,” answered Pep, his nostrils
+dilating, but Peter was too obtuse to read between
+the lines.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, I’ve got an idea,” chuckled Peter.
+“Anybody has a right to start a movies show;
+haven’t they?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“If they want to, I suppose.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, since I can’t make a deal with that
+Durham, I’m going it on my own hook. I can
+raise the money; Greg’s father is rich and he can
+help. All we need is someone who knows the
+practical end of the business. Say, you come in
+with us and I’ll give you double what you expect
+to make with those fellows there.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep doubled up a fist. He was angry clear
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_65'></a>65</span>
+through. At a mere hint of disloyalty to his famous
+friends he took fire. He gave Peter a push.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You get out!” he ordered staunchly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hey?” goggled Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+“And stay out!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Humph!”
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter got to a safe distance. Then he shook
+his fist at Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say,” he snarled, “you’ve waked up the
+wrong customer. I’ve given you the chance of
+your life and you’ve turned me down and insulted
+me. I’ll show you something. Greg Grayson
+and I will put a spoke in the wheel of that
+Frank Durham and your whole precious crowd;
+see of we don’t!”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_66'></a>66</span><a name='chVIII' id='chVIII'></a>CHAPTER VIII—KIDNAPPED</h2>
+<p>
+“If I had our old piano here,” said Ben Jolly,
+“there’s one tune I’d play for all it’s worth.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What is that, Mr. Jolly?” inquired Frank
+Durham.
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘Home, Sweet Home.’”
+</p>
+<p>
+The staunch friend of the motion picture chums
+waved his hand like a showman proudly exhibiting
+wares. He had a smiling and enthusiastic
+audience. Everybody was smiling, even Hal
+Vincent, who had no particular interest in the
+new photo playhouse. Frank’s face was beaming,
+Randy looked his delight and Pep uttered
+the words, with unction:
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s simply great!”
+</p>
+<p>
+Two days had made considerable difference in
+the situation at Seaside Park. All hands had
+entered with enthusiasm into the proposition of
+starting in on the new deal, with the certainty
+in view of sufficient capital to finance them for
+at least two months ahead. The chums spent so
+many delightful hours figuring, planning, and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_67'></a>67</span>
+mapping out details that Randy got to talking in
+his sleep, and Pep aroused all hands by screaming
+out in the midst of a nightmare in which he
+had started a photo playhouse in China, and the
+natives had mobbed him when a film showed one
+of their favorite mandarins being carried away in
+an airship.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was Jolly, however—bustling, practical Ben
+Jolly—who had won the laurels on the present
+occasion. When the vacant store had been used,
+at the rear was a temporary kitchen. This was
+a frail structure set on stilts, but roomy and just
+the thing for summer occupancy. Jolly was a
+natural born trader. It seemed that he found
+some difficulty in disposing of the old horse and
+wagon for cash. Finally, however, he came
+across a dealer in second hand furniture. Jolly
+had got the idea in his head of cutting down
+living expenses and utilizing the old kitchen
+tacked on to the store building.
+</p>
+<p>
+The chums were down at the hotel that afternoon
+and Jolly planned a grand surprise for
+them. It was now, upon their arrival at the
+playhouse building, that the pleasure and praise
+of the motion picture chums hailed him.
+</p>
+<p>
+No one could have failed to approve of the
+wonderful transformation Jolly had made in a
+bare, cheerless lumber room. He had traded
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_68'></a>68</span>
+to good advantage. There was a substantial
+table, a half dozen chairs, a cupboard, a gas stove,
+a complete outfit of culinary utensils, dishes and
+table cutlery, neat curtains for the windows and
+drapery dividing the room in two parts, and one
+side section again into two compartments.
+</p>
+<p>
+In each of these were three cots, a table and a
+bureau. The cots had double equipment of
+sheets and blankets, worn but attractive rugs
+covered the floor, and there were several pictures
+on the walls. It was no wonder that Pep Smith
+burst forth in his usual responsive way with the
+declaration:
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s simply great!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“When you come to think that I got all those
+traps and forty dollars in cash to boot for that
+impossible old rig of ours,” observed Jolly, “you
+will see that I made a very interesting dicker.
+What do you say, Durham; we can make a neat
+cut in expenses, eh?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, it makes easy the hardest part of our
+whole proposition,” declared Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, and here we can always be right on the
+spot,” spoke Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’m something of a cook,” boasted Jolly. “I
+don’t say I could make bread or pie, but as to
+common, everyday food, an occasional strawberry
+shortcake, or even doughnuts—well, you
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_69'></a>69</span>
+stock up with the supplies and I’ll promise to do
+my best.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s just fine,” voted Pep. “The sleeping
+rooms look right across to the ocean and there’s
+a splendid sweep of air with all these openings.
+It will be cool and comfortable on the very hottest
+nights. I’ll wash all the dishes, Mr. Jolly,
+and set the table, and all that.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, we shall get on famously, I am sure of
+that,” observed Frank with keen satisfaction.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boys decided that they would at once
+move their traps from the hotel and make permanent
+headquarters at their home base. They
+had their first meal in their new quarters that
+evening.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You have certainly given us a royal meal,
+Mr. Jolly,” declared Frank, as beefsteak, fried
+potatoes, bakery biscuit, and coffee and a really
+creditable corn starch pudding went the rounds.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Sorry I’ve got to leave you,” remarked Vincent.
+“I’d ask nothing better than to camp right
+here for the rest of the season.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Then why not do it?” inquired the ready
+Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, if you care to take pot luck with us till
+we get fairly on our feet, you can certainly help
+us along with all your varied accomplishments,
+Mr. Vincent,” declared Frank.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_70'></a>70</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ve got that in mind,” explained Vincent,
+“but I must get to New York first. You see,
+the show I was with that broke up owes me
+money. I want to see if I can’t get something
+out of the wreck and I want to call on the backers
+of the proposition. I’d better get to the city
+while I have the partnership profits Jolly has been
+good enough to say I have earned on that bird
+house speculation. If I don’t it will melt away.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I say,” here put in Jolly, “why don’t you
+and Durham go together? As it’s arranged,
+Durham, you have got to put in a day or two
+arranging for what new equipment we need and
+the film service.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That is true,” replied Frank, “and Mr. Vincent
+knows so much about the motion picture
+business his advice and help would be of great
+benefit to me.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I do know the ropes among the movies pretty
+well,” said Vincent. “I will be more than glad
+to take you the rounds and see that you get the
+very best service and figures, Mr. Durham.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“And I am to go back to Fairlands and arrange
+about moving what we want of the old
+outfit?” inquired Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I think that is the best arrangement, yes,”
+assented Frank. “Randy and Pep must stay here
+to look after the place and receive what I may
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_71'></a>71</span>
+ship and what you send on. Then, before we
+start, the three of us must run down to Fairlands
+to see the folks.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Everything was settled on that basis. It
+would take about ten days to get the place fitted
+up as the boys wanted it, Mr. Morton told
+them. In the meantime there were many little
+things that needed to be done in which two handy
+lads like Randy and Pep might help. They and
+Jolly went to the train to see Frank and Vincent
+off the next morning. Two hours later Ben
+Jolly took a train in another direction, bound for
+Fairlands and carrying messages from the boys
+to their home folks and friends.
+</p>
+<p>
+Part of the fixing up of the store room Mr.
+Morton had agreed to do at his own expense.
+There were, however, innumerable details that
+fell to the lot of the boys themselves. There
+were rolls of matting to buy for the center aisle,
+and the stage was to be built under Randy’s supervision.
+They had decided to use the old name,
+“Wonderland,” so as to utilize the ornate electric
+sign they had at Fairlands, and Pep was
+given charge of having this same name placed in
+a decorative way on the two front windows.
+</p>
+<p>
+Nobody could work with Randy and Pep without
+coming under the influence of their sunshiny
+natures. Randy was willing, accommodating and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_72'></a>72</span>
+tireless when he liked a job. Pep was no laggard,
+either, and in addition he kept up such a
+lively chatter and made so many funny remarks
+that he had Mr. Morton grinning half the time.
+</p>
+<p>
+The result was that not only did the owner
+of the place do all that he had agreed to do, but
+did it just as the boys wanted. Then again when
+it came to things not in his contract, he supplied
+the material voluntarily and ended up by helping
+the boys at their tasks.
+</p>
+<p>
+At the end of three days Randy and Pep
+prided themselves on having accomplished wonders.
+They had added several genuine comforts
+to their living quarters at the rear and had pretty
+well spread the news over Seaside Park that a
+first-class photo playhouse was soon to be
+opened.
+</p>
+<p>
+A letter came from Frank Saturday morning.
+It told of his busy hours in the city and referred
+to Vincent as a splendid help in introducing him
+among the motion picture supply men. He sent
+on a bundle of film and song posters from which
+Pep could scarcely keep his hands. Frank mentioned
+some of the movies accessories he had
+purchased and told of some novel features in the
+way of films for which he had contracted.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I tell you, Pep, we’re in for the best or nothing
+this time; eh?” questioned Randy, almost
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_73'></a>73</span>
+as much excited as his chums over the prospects
+of the new Wonderland.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, I’m ’way up in the clouds all of the
+time,” piped Pep. “Why, I’ll feel like a girl
+just going into society. I’m going to call it a
+short day and quit. There are some groceries to
+order, so I’ll attend to that and we’ll take in the
+beach this evening.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, we’ve earned a little recreation, I think,”
+agreed Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep started off, whistling like some happy
+lark. It was then five o’clock in the afternoon
+and he was due to return in half an hour. Double
+that time passed on, however, yet he did not appear.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Wonder why Pep doesn’t show up?” ruminated
+Randy. “It’s time he did, as we wanted
+to get an early start.”
+</p>
+<p>
+At half past six Randy was nervous and a little
+put out. At seven o’clock he put on his cap and
+started to lock up to go in quest of his missing
+comrade.
+</p>
+<p>
+Just as he came out on the broad planking leading
+from the boardwalk to the entrance to the
+store, a man hailed him. He was a stout, lumbering
+old fellow whom Randy had seen before.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hi!” he hailed, “you remember me; don’t
+you?”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_74'></a>74</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why yes,” nodded Randy. “You are the
+man Mr. Jolly traded his rig with for our furniture.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s it,” nodded the man. “I say, I
+thought I’d come and tell you. It was near my
+place that the accident happened.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What accident?” challenged Randy sharply.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Automobile—that young fellow that’s joshing
+and jollying all the time——”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You mean Pep—Pepperill Smith?” asked
+Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s him, I remember hearing Jolly call
+him by that name. Well, it was him that got
+hurt and——”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hurt!” cried Randy, alarmed at the word—“When?
+How? Where?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“About an hour ago, by an automobile in front
+of my place,” was the reply.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Was he—was Pep seriously hurt?” faltered
+Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Not but what he could walk and sass the
+chauffeur, and all that; but I reckon one hand
+was pretty badly crushed. The reason I came
+to tell you was, that isn’t all of it. From what
+I hear he is kidnapped.”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_75'></a>75</span><a name='chIX' id='chIX'></a>CHAPTER IX—PEP IN CLOVER</h2>
+<p>
+“Kidnapped!” repeated Randy, in a hollow
+tone.
+</p>
+<p>
+The furniture man nodded his head assentingly.
+He was big and fat and had evidently
+come in a hurry. He had been blunt, but confused
+in telling his story. Now he took a long
+breath to begin again.
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy felt his heart sink. Everything had
+been going so well that the sudden news of an
+interruption to their buoyant progress chilled him
+through sheer contrast. He fancied all kinds
+of mishaps, and, seizing his visitor by the sleeve,
+pulled it in a worried way.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Tell me all about it—quick,” he demanded.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Thought I had, but I guess you didn’t get it
+straight. This Pep of yours was passing my
+place when I heard a woman shriek a bit ahead.
+She had left her child in a baby carriage while
+she went into a dry goods store. There came a
+whiff of wind down the street just as she came
+out. I don’t wonder she hollered out, for that
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_76'></a>76</span>
+baby carriage was shooting across the street like
+a feather in a tornado.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“But—Pep?” urged Randy, breathlessly.
+“What of him?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“He saw it in a flash. The woman stood motionless
+and screaming. This Pep made a sprint.
+I never saw anything done so splendidly. In
+a flash he slid over the pavement—just seemed
+to fly over the street, making for that baby carriage.
+No wonder he hurried and no wonder
+the woman screamed, for exactly at that instant
+a great red touring car came tearing around the
+corner. It held the chauffeur and a fine looking
+old gentleman, who just rose up in his seat with
+a yell as he saw that baby carriage directly in
+the path of the machine.
+</p>
+<p>
+“There wasn’t even time for the chauffeur to
+move the wheel. I actually shut my eyes, thinking
+the smash was bound to come. I don’t know
+how the lad did it, but when I opened them, just
+cold with horror, there he was lying on the ground
+and the baby carriage spinning safe and sound
+across the street.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“How badly was Pep hurt?” inquired Randy,
+his face pale with suspense.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I heard someone in the crowd say his wrist
+was broken. It seems, at the risk of his own
+life, he had made that dash for the baby carriage
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_77'></a>77</span>
+and given it a push out of the way of the auto
+just as it was pouncing down upon it.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Where is Pep now?” asked Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, that is the queer part of it. The passenger
+in the machine jumped out and picked him
+up. He lifted him into the auto. He didn’t
+seem to want to go with the man, but they speeded
+up and I supposed they were going to bring him
+here, or to the nearest doctor, or the hospital.
+A police officer came up right after the accident
+on a motorcycle. He made some inquiries, took
+some notes and went away again. Just now he
+came back and said that he could find no trace
+of machine or boy, and that he had learned that
+the auto had been driven out of town on the
+west road as fast as it could go. Don’t you see—kidnapped!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I don’t!” cried Randy almost frantically,
+“Wasn’t it enough that they ran him down, without
+carrying him away nobody knows where?
+Oh, I must get straight on his track—I must find
+Pep!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“The police didn’t,” suggested the furniture
+man.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I don’t care for that—I will!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Mebbe I’d better give you my address,” said
+his visitor. “There’s been several accidents here
+lately. It’s mostly tourists passing through the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_78'></a>78</span>
+town who are reckless about how they drive—rich
+old fellows who don’t value life or limb, and
+get out of the way fast as they can when they’ve
+done any damage. I suppose the man who owns
+the machine that hurt your friend had heard of
+how one or two before him had been arrested
+and fined and forced to pay heavy damages, and
+just thought he’d grab up the lad and get him
+and himself out of the way before any investigation
+was made.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s shameful!” exclaimed Randy, wrought
+up now to the highest pitch of excitement and
+indignation. “Poor Pep! He may be suffering
+tortures and all those inhuman wretches think
+about is getting clear of being found out. I’ll
+find him—I’ll run down his kidnappers and bring
+them to account, even if the police can’t.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The excited Randy did not even wait for the
+furniture man, but ran down the boardwalk and
+then in the direction of the man’s store fast as he
+could. There was not much to learn there outside
+of what he already knew. His next call was
+at the police station. He was incensed at the indifference
+of the officers. They had investigated
+the accident as far as required, they claimed.
+The injured boy had been taken out of their
+jurisdiction and that seemed to lead them to believe
+that it ended their responsibility.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_79'></a>79</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy knew the direction the red automobile
+had taken. He proceeded to a livery garage
+where motorcycles were on rent, and made himself
+known. He was well up in running the machine
+and was soon speeding on the trail of his
+missing chum, as he supposed and hoped. The
+west road out of Seaside Park was the best in the
+section. It ran to Brenton and beyond that to
+the large cities. There was every reason to believe
+that the kidnappers, if such they were,
+would favor a smooth, easily traversed highway
+over inferior dirt and stone roads that ran parallel.
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy stopped at the first little town he came
+to and made some inquiries, but they availed
+him nothing. Five miles further on, however,
+he got a clue. Here were crossroads and a
+“Roadside Rest,” a general halting place for
+road-men. Several autos were in view, their occupants
+taking lunch in a pavilion near the hotel
+or walking about stretching their limbs.
+</p>
+<p>
+A man who wore a banded cap and a close
+fitting coat flitted around here and there in an
+important way, and Randy decided he must be
+a sort of major domo about the place.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I would like to inquire about an automobile
+that passed or stopped here within the past hour,”
+spoke Randy, approaching this man.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_80'></a>80</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Where from? What number?” inquired
+the latter.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I don’t know,” explained Randy, “but I will
+give you the best description I can from heresay.
+It was a big red car, and besides the chauffeur
+and passenger there was a boy about my age who
+had got his arm hurt——”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, I know now,” interrupted the man—“you
+mean Colonel Tyson’s car. They stopped
+to get a wet towel soaked in ice water to wrap
+around the boy’s wrist, I fancy, for he was holding
+one arm and seemed in pain.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, yes—that is my friend,” declared Randy
+hastily. “Which way did the machine go?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“To Brenton, of course, where it belongs.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Then you know its owner?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Everybody knows him—Tyson, the millionaire.
+Used to be a big bond man in New York
+City.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Thank you,” said Randy and was off on his
+travels again. “I hope Pep isn’t hurt badly,”
+he mused. “He doesn’t seem to be from what
+I hear; but why is this rich old fellow running
+away with him?”
+</p>
+<p>
+It was quite late in the evening when Randy
+reached Brenton. He felt easier, now that he
+seemed sure of locating his chum, or at least running
+down the people who had carried him away.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_81'></a>81</span>
+Once at Brenton there was no difficulty in finding
+the Tyson home. It was a very fine mansion
+with big grounds about it, but Randy was not
+at all awed by that. He ran his machine up to
+the stone porch and ascending the steps rang the
+door bell. A servant answered the summons.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Is Mr. Tyson at home?” Randy inquired.
+</p>
+<p>
+“He is at home, yes,” replied the servant,
+studying critically the dust-covered caller. “Business
+with him?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I have. You just tell him I am Randy
+Powell, from Seaside Park, and I came about the
+automobile accident.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The servant left Randy standing in the vestibule
+until a portly, consequential-looking man appeared.
+He viewed Randy in a shrewd, supercilious
+way.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What’s your business?” he challenged
+crisply.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Are you Mr. Tyson?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Never mind that. What are you after?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“But I do mind it,” retorted Randy boldly.
+“If you are Mr. Tyson, it was your machine that
+ran down a friend of mine back at Seaside Park
+a couple of hours ago, and I want to know what
+you have done with him.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Tyson looked a trifle flustered; then very
+much annoyed. He said:
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_82'></a>82</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ve done nothing with him. He just came
+along. Say, I hope you haven’t gone and stirred
+up a lot of notoriety and trouble for me along
+the line.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why should I—unless you deserve it.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Ha—hum!” muttered the millionaire. “See
+here, come in. You look reasonable—more so
+than that young wildcat friend of yours unless he
+has his own way.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Tyson led Randy into a magnificently furnished
+room, nodded him to a chair and sat down
+facing him.
+</p>
+<p>
+“See here,” he spoke, “you just tell me how
+much rumpus you have raised about this unfortunate
+affair.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ve raised no rumpus,” declared Randy.
+“I’ve simply run down your automobile, which
+the police of Seaside Park didn’t seem able or
+inclined to do.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’m glad of that,” said Mr. Tyson, apparently
+greatly relieved, “and there will be no trouble
+at all in fixing up things satisfactorily all around.
+You would have heard from me before midnight,
+for this Pep—ought to be called Pepper—just
+ordered that his friend at Seaside Park—I suppose
+it’s you?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, it’s me,” declared Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, he wanted word sent to you.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_83'></a>83</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Is he badly hurt?” inquired Randy solicitously.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Not at all—but that isn’t it. See here, lad,
+because I’m supposed to have a lot of money I
+seem to be a mark for everybody. I have been
+unfortunate enough to have various accidents
+with my machine. A month ago I ran down a
+man. About all he did was to stub his toe, but
+he’s sued me for twenty thousand dollars damages
+and has a doctor ready to swear he is crippled
+for life. Last week I ran over a valuable
+dog at Seaside Park and the magistrate fined me
+fifty dollars for speeding over the limit, and said
+if there was another complaint he would give me
+a jail sentence. Ugh! fine thing to be rich; isn’t
+it?”
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Tyson really looked so disgusted that
+Randy could not refrain from smiling.
+</p>
+<p>
+“The newspapers got hold of it and pictured
+me as a regular ogre. Now it wasn’t our fault
+at all when this friend of yours got hurt this
+evening. He had no business in the street—don’t
+you see?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say, if he hadn’t got there where would that
+child in the baby carriage be?” demanded Randy
+indignantly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, that’s true,” agreed the millionaire
+slowly, “but even there they could not legally
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_84'></a>84</span>
+hold us. The baby carriage had no lights on
+it. Let all that go, though. This Pep was a
+brave fellow to risk his life for the child, and I’m
+glad he did it. My lawyer, after the last case,
+though, told me what to do in future accidents,
+so I followed his advice. I captured your friend
+and I intend to keep him captured.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I don’t think you will,” began Randy, rising
+wrathfully to his feet. “He’s a poor boy, but
+he’s got some friends and——”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Pish! Don’t get excited. Keep cool, lad,
+hear me through. We rushed your friend here,
+summoned the best surgeon in Brenton, and this
+Pep of yours is snug and comfortable as a dormouse—in
+bed in the best room in the house.
+I’m going to give him the best of care and pay
+him for any loss of time he may sustain. Isn’t
+that fair?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why—I suppose so,” admitted Randy.
+“Only—what does Pep say?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, at first he was going to fight us, lame
+hand and all. Then the surgeon talked some
+sense into him, by telling him that if he would
+use a little care and not use his arm he would
+be well as ever inside of a week. If he didn’t, he
+may have all kinds of complications in the future.
+To be frank with you, all I care for is to turn
+the boy out sound and well, so he can’t be coming along
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_85'></a>85</span>
+later on with another of those twenty
+thousand dollar damage suits.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Can I see him?” inquired Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You surely can,” replied Mr. Tyson with
+alacrity, “and I hope you will coöperate with
+us in urging him to stay here and follow the
+directions of the doctor.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Tyson had not overstated the case when
+he told Randy that Pep was well cared for. As
+Randy entered a great luxuriously furnished room
+upstairs he saw his comrade propped up in bed,
+his arm in a sling and a table spread with dainties
+directly at hand.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You tell him to stay here,” whispered Mr.
+Tyson in Randy’s ear, and left the two boys to
+themselves.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep grinned as he welcomed Randy. He
+moved his injured arm to show that he was by
+no means helpless.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’m booked here for a week, Randy,” were
+his first words—“but why not? There won’t be
+much to do around the new show for some days
+to come, and if there was I wouldn’t be any help
+with my crippled arm.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Then Pep in a modest way went on to give details
+of the accident.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You see,” were his concluding remarks, “I’m
+comfortable and well cared for here and, as the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_86'></a>86</span>
+surgeon says, I might have trouble with my arm
+if I got careless with it. Mr. Tyson says he
+will pay me for any loss time, so don’t worry
+about me. I’ll show up at Seaside Park before
+the week is over with a neat little lot of cash
+in my pocket, and fresh and strong to help get
+the new Wonderland in ship shape order.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus Pep dismissed the incident of the hour,
+so Randy went “home,” rather lonesome without
+his chum. Neither guessed for a moment that
+there was to grow out of the circumstance something
+destined to affect their whole business
+career.
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_87'></a>87</span><a name='chX' id='chX'></a>CHAPTER X—THE PRESS AGENT</h2>
+<p>
+“I hardly know how to thank you, Mr. Vincent,”
+spoke Frank Durham.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Don’t try to,” replied the ventriloquist, in his
+usual offhand way.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank, practically a beginner in the profession,
+and Hal Vincent, a seasoned graduate, were saying
+good-bye to each other on the steps of the
+building which contained the offices and warerooms
+of the great National Film Exchange.
+</p>
+<p>
+For several days the ears of our young hero
+had buzzed with little besides “movies” chatter.
+When Frank had first gone into the business and
+had bid in at auction the outfit now at Fairlands,
+he had learned the basis of the trade through
+an interesting day spent at a motion picture supply
+house in the small city near his home. He
+found New York on a larger scale, however.
+Even within the few months that had elapsed
+since he and his chums had started the Wonderland
+photo playhouse there had been improvements, innovations
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_88'></a>88</span>
+and new wrinkles without
+number.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank now came in contact with these. It was
+a great advantage to him that he had Vincent
+to act as guide and adviser. The latter entered
+into the spirit of the occasion with the zest of
+an expert showing a novice the ground he has
+so often traversed. Vincent was not only active
+and obliging, but he was observant and shrewd.
+He knew the best supply sources in the city and
+how to handle them.
+</p>
+<p>
+It embarrassed Frank the first time Vincent,
+in his breezy showman’s way, introduced him to
+the proprietor of the National Film Exchange.
+According to the versatile and voluble ventriloquist,
+Frank and his chums, Randy and Pep, were
+young prodigies who had built up a mammoth
+photo playhouse enterprise at Fairlands out of
+nothing and had scored a phenomenal success.
+And still further, according to Vincent, Frank
+had secured a most favorable contract at Seaside
+Park, and was about to reap profits from a project
+that would set the pace in summer outing
+resorts for the season.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Now this is confidential, Byllesby,” observed
+Vincent, buttonholing the movies man and assuming
+a dreadfully important air, as he glanced mysteriously
+about the place as if fearful of eavesdroppers—“this
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_89'></a>89</span>
+is probably one of a chain of
+shows Durham may manage. Don’t lisp it to
+anybody, but one of his backers is a lady—well,
+I think she is rated at a cool half-million in real
+coin. You won’t have to wait for your money
+from the Durham combination, so hand out only
+the best and latest on the closest terms—understand?”
+</p>
+<p>
+As said, Frank found that even within the six
+months that had passed since he had bought their
+original motion picture outfit science had been
+busy in the improvement of old and the invention
+of new devices. Kinetoscopes, cameragraphs—all
+the varied list of projecting apparatus had
+progressed fast. It kept his mind on the alert
+to catch the explanations of the newest thing in
+condensing glasses, front and rear; jackets and
+tubes, transformers, shutters, iris dissolvers, knife
+switches and slide carriers. It was all part of an
+education in the line of business activity he had
+adopted, however, and Frank drank in lots of
+knowledge during that New York trip.
+</p>
+<p>
+He was full of pleasant anticipation and eager
+to rejoin his friends at Seaside Park, to go over
+with them his list of the wonderful things purchased
+and tell them about the satisfactory arrangements
+he had made for new feature films as
+they came along. He shook Vincent’s hand
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_90'></a>90</span>
+heartily in parting. Frank added a word or two,
+telling how he hoped they would see the ventriloquist
+down at Seaside Park soon.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I have a fair chance of getting something
+out of the road venture that burst up and left
+me stranded when I ran across Jolly,” explained
+Vincent. “As soon as that is settled, which may
+be in less than a week, I’ll be down at the new
+Wonderland—don’t doubt it. Move on a bit;
+will you, Durham?” Vincent spoke in a quick
+undertone, his eyes fixed on an approaching
+pedestrian who at once attracted Frank’s attention.
+</p>
+<p>
+He was the typical tragedian out at elbows, but
+showing his consciousness of being “an actor.”
+He wore one rusty glove. The other hand was
+thrust into the breast of his tightly buttoned frock
+coat. His hair was long, and his hat, once a
+silk tile, was dented and yellowed by usage.
+Frank’s companion did not escape. The eagle
+eye of the oncomer was fixed upon him and would
+not leave him.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Ah, Hal!” he hailed, extending his gloved
+hand with a bow of real elegance—“howdy.
+Off the circuit? So am I. I see you are eating,”
+and he glanced up and down the new suit
+of clothes Vincent had been enabled to purchase
+from his share in the bird house speculation.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_91'></a>91</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s about all I am able to arrange for,” declared
+Vincent, bluntly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I expect a check,” proceeded the newcomer
+grandly. “Avaricious, but wealthy relative. If
+I could anticipate till to-morrow, now——”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Not from me, I can tell you that,” interrupted
+Vincent definitely.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Only a dollar. You see——”
+</p>
+<p>
+“A dime wouldn’t make any difference until
+I get my settlement from the people who sent
+me out to starve,” insisted Vincent.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank was interested in the odd, airy individual,
+who struck him as a rather obsolete type of
+the fraternity. He smiled, and this was encouragement
+for the frayed actor, who touched
+his hat again and extended his gloved hand, this
+time towards Frank, with the words:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Surely we have met somewhere on the
+boards? Was it in Philadelphia, when I was
+press agent for the United Thespian? Perhaps
+that will assist your memory.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank good-naturedly accepted and glanced
+over a very dirty and worn card bearing the inscription:
+“Roderick James Booth: Press Agent.” Frank shook his head,
+</p>
+<p>
+“I have not had the honor of meeting you before, Mr. Booth,” he said.
+</p>
+<p>
+“In the line, I suppose?” insinuated Booth.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_92'></a>92</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“If you mean of theatricals—hardly,” replied
+Frank. “I have done a little in the motion picture
+field.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Ah!” exclaimed Booth, with great animation,
+striking a pose—“there, indeed, is a field.
+Young man; I proclaim a wonderful future for
+the photo playhouse. Let me see, where are you
+located now—and the name, I didn’t quite catch
+the name?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I am Frank Durham,” replied our young
+hero, “and with some others expect to open a
+new motion picture show at Seaside Park.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Ah, a hit! Think of it! Beside the soothing
+waves, dancing breezes, vast throngs, stupendous
+profits. Only one thing lacking—an able
+press agent. Sir,” and Booth raised himself to
+his loftiest height, “I papered Baltimore till the
+house was jammed. The United Thespians—sir,
+a moment, aside. Mr. Vincent will pardon
+us. Could you anticipate——”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank knew what was coming. The man did
+not look like a drinker and he did look hungry.
+Vincent nudged Frank warningly, but Frank
+could not resist a generous impulse.
+</p>
+<p>
+Mr. Booth almost danced as a crisp dollar bill
+was placed in his hand. Then he took out a pencil
+and memorandum book. Very carefully and
+laboriously he began to write:
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_93'></a>93</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Durham, Seaside Park. I. O. U. one dollar.
+Mem: suggest plan for publicity campaign.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You’ve put your foot in it this time, Durham,”
+exclaimed Vincent almost wrathfully, as
+with a great flourish Booth went on his way.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, pshaw!” laughed Frank, “the poor fellow
+probably needs a square meal.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, but you needn’t have told him who you
+were and about the new Wonderland. Why,
+within an hour he will be telling his friends of a
+new opening at Seaside Park—engaged for the
+season—forfeit money already paid. Besides
+that, I wouldn’t wonder to see him put in an appearance
+personally with one of his wild publicity
+schemes direct at Seaside Park. Oh, you can
+laugh, but once he sets out on your trail, and you
+encourage him, you’ll find it no easy matter to
+shake him off,” a prediction by the way that
+Frank and his chums had reason to recall a little
+later.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank was in fine spirits when he reached Seaside
+Park. Everything had gone famously with
+him in the city. He had been introduced to a
+man who operated a string of summer resort
+motion picture shows, and he had gleaned an immense
+amount of information. The man had reduced
+his special line to a science and had made
+money at it, and Frank was greatly encouraged.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_94'></a>94</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+It was late in the afternoon when he started
+from the depot for the new quarters. He was
+pleased and satisfied as his eye ran over the front
+of the old store. Various touches of paint had
+made the entrance attractive, the broad windows
+bore each a fine plain sign, and a very ornamental
+ticket booth was in place. Frank found the front
+doors partially open, and passed the length of
+the great room to come unawares upon his
+friends in the living quarters at the rear.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Good!” shouted a familiar voice, and Ben
+Jolly, wearing a kitchen apron and just getting
+supper ready, waved a saucepan over his head in
+jubilant welcome.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I say, you people have been doing some work
+here since I left,” cried Frank, as he shook hands
+with Randy. “Why, where is Pep?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“There’s a story to that,” explained Randy.
+“He’s safe and sound, but may not be here till
+to-morrow or the next day.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Gone home to see his folks?” hazarded
+Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“No, not that,” dissented Randy. “Tell you,
+Frank, it’s quite a long story. Suppose we get
+the meal on the table, and seated comfortably,
+and we’ll all have a lot to tell; eh?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Just the thing,” voted Jolly with his usual
+enthusiasm. “I’ve got a famous rice pudding
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_95'></a>95</span>
+on the bill of fare, Durham, and I’ll guarantee
+you’ll enjoy a good home meal once more.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s just what I will,” agreed Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+He sat down and busied himself sorting some
+bills and circulars with which his pockets were
+filled. Then, as the smoking viands were placed
+on the table, he joined his friends.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Now then, Durham, you first,” directed Jolly.
+“How’s the New York end of the proposition?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Famous,” reported Frank heartily. “I’ve
+made some fortunate discoveries and investments—pass
+the potatoes; will you, Randy?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hold on!” cried a familiar voice—“I’m on
+the programme for some of that, too!”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_96'></a>96</span><a name='chXI' id='chXI'></a>CHAPTER XI—CROSSED WIRES</h2>
+<p>
+“Why, hello, Pep!” exclaimed Frank in joyful
+surprise, jumping up from the table and greeting
+the missing chum with a hearty handshake.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hold on—go a little easy on that hand,”
+spoke the unexpected guest. “It’s the one I hurt
+in that automobile accident, you know, and not
+quite as strong as it used to be.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What automobile accident?” inquired Frank
+in surprise.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, that’s so,” broke in Randy quickly—“Frank
+has just got back from the city and hasn’t
+heard of it yet. We didn’t expect you so soon.
+You wrote us yesterday you wouldn’t leave Brenton
+until Saturday.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Humph! Had to,” said Pep with a wry
+grimace.
+</p>
+<p>
+“How is that?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Fired,” explained Pep tersely, and looking as
+if he had not enjoyed the experience one bit.
+“Say, don’t bother me now about it. I’m hungry as a
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_97'></a>97</span>
+bear, and had to walk eight miles to get
+here before dark, and I’ll feel better natured when
+I’ve had something to eat and a little rest.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Ben Jolly arched his eyebrows in an inquiring
+way and Randy looked Pep over sharply. Jolly
+had just returned from Fairlands that morning,
+and Randy had heard from Pep by mail only
+twice during his sojourn at the Tyson home at
+Brenton. From all he had learned and seen during
+his brief visit there, Randy had been led to
+believe that Pep would return with waving colors.
+He would not only be mended up, as Randy had
+reason to figure it out, but would have a comfortable
+sum of money representing lost time.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep, however, did not look like a favorite of
+fortune. He used both hands with equal celerity
+in dispatching the meal, and his injured wrist
+seemed to give him no inconvenience or pain.
+His face was glum, however, and when he spoke
+of being “fired” Randy knew that something
+was up.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Tell us about this accident of yours, Pep,”
+urged Frank as all hands got over the first
+promptings of appetite.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Randy will,” snapped Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy was agreeable to the suggestion. He
+was glad to descend on the heroism of his chum,
+and dwelt somewhat upon the bravery of Pep in
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_98'></a>98</span>
+risking his life for the little child in the baby
+carriage. Randy led the course of the narrative
+to his visit to Brenton, the peculiar situation in
+which he found Pep, and detailed the contents
+of the two letters he had received from their absent
+partner.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, Pep,” hailed Frank heartily, at the end
+of the story. “I suppose you’ve turned out an
+adopted son or great favorite with this Mr. Tyson.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep had just finished a second helping of
+Jolly’s famous rice pudding and was ready to
+talk now.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, yes, I have! See me!” he retorted in a
+scornful and disgusted way. “Say, the next fellow
+who plays me for an invalid will be a good
+one, I tell you. It’s all right up to where Randy
+left me in the arms of luxury at the Tyson residence.
+Yes, it was all right for two days after
+that. Then I got into my usual trim—restless.
+Of course I couldn’t work with my bad arm, but
+it didn’t bother me a bit. I told Mr. Tyson so.
+He spoke to that old fogy surgeon of his and
+after a regular battle we came to terms.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What terms, Pep?” inquired Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I wanted something to do. I was dead sick
+of hanging around doing nothing. It seems that
+Mr. Tyson runs a broker’s office in Brenton. It’s
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_99'></a>99</span>
+a branch of a big Wall Street concern in New
+York City. They do some business, too, and he
+hires a lot of clerks. Well, the surgeon said that
+as long as I didn’t use my bad arm it was all
+right, so old Tyson takes me down to the office.
+First day he put me at the information desk.
+Then the boy who held that position regularly
+came back and he set me at one of the telephones.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What doing, Pep?” inquired Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Taking quotations and orders on the long distance.
+The ’phone was arranged on a standard
+and I didn’t have to handle it at all. I had a pad
+of paper at my side. All I had to do was to write
+out the quotations, or orders. Then I would
+touch an electric bell and a boy would take them
+to the manager.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Sort of stock exchange business; eh?” propounded
+Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, that way,” assented Pep. “The first
+day I got through grandly. Old Tyson told me I
+had the making of a smart man in me and advised
+me to cut away from the movies and become a
+second Vanderbilt. They kept me at the ’phone
+yesterday, too. It’s too bad they did,” added
+Pep grievously. “I reckon they think so now.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Explain, Pep,” urged the curious Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, about two o’clock in the afternoon there
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_100'></a>100</span>
+was a rush of business. Everybody in the office
+was busy. I heard the manager say that it looked
+like a regular Black Friday, whatever that was,
+the way stocks and bonds were being juggled.
+Right when everything was going at lightning
+speed and the office was in a turmoil, long distance
+says: ‘Buy for Vandamann account at
+twenty’—and then there was a hiss and a jangle—crossed
+wires—see?”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep’s engrossed auditors nodded silently, eager
+to hear the remainder of his story.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Then I got the balance of the order—as I
+supposed—‘one thousand shares Keystone Central.’
+Orders came piling up and I had all I
+could do to write them down. ‘Buy one thousand
+Keystone Central at twenty’ went to the
+manager with the rest. I thought no more of it
+until this morning. I was at my ’phone thinking
+of how I’d be home with the rest of you Saturday,
+when the manager, mad as a hornet, came to
+me. ‘You see Mr. Tyson just as quick as you
+can,’ he snapped at me, and I did. Mr. Tyson
+had just found out that I had mixed orders. I
+talked about crossed wire, but he wouldn’t hear
+a word of it. ‘The idea of loading us down with
+that bustling stock at twenty, when it was offered
+on the exchange at three cents yesterday!’ he
+howled. ‘Here get out of here and stay out of
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_101'></a>101</span>
+here. And here, you’ve cost a pretty penny, and
+you can take that stock for your pay.’ And with
+that,” concluded Pep, “he hurled this package at
+me, and I’m a bloated bondholder.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep drew a little package of green and yellow
+documents from his pocket. He flung them on
+the table in a disgruntled way. Ben Jolly picked
+them up and looked them over.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Heard of the Keystone Central,” he observed—“lot
+of watered stock and new people
+trying to squeeze out the old shareholders.
+Maybe a few dollars in these, Pep.”
+</p>
+<p>
+But the disgusted Pep waved documents and
+remark away with disdain.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Burn ’em up; throw ’em away—don’t care
+what you do with them,” he declared. “I am
+sick of the whole business. I want to forget how
+mean money makes a millionaire, and just get
+back into the gladness and bustle of the old motion
+picture proposition.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“All right, Pep,” said Jolly blandly, pocketing
+the papers. “I’ll just take care of the documents
+for you. They may bob up in a new way
+some time; you never can tell.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What about moving the outfit down from
+Fairlands, Mr. Jolly?” here interrupted Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s so—my report is due; isn’t it? Why,
+I’ve arranged for everything. Boxed up and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_102'></a>102</span>
+crated what there was in good shape, and expect
+they’ll arrive to-morrow or the next day.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“By rail, of course?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, yes. It’s a long distance, there’s a lot
+of bad roads and hills to climb, and freight was
+the only way. I left the chairs. It would cost
+as much to move them as they were worth.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“We had better stock up new as to the seating
+feature,” said Frank, “seeing that we need
+double what we had at Fairlands. Well, boys,
+now to show you what I have accomplished.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank had done so much that he held their
+fascinated attention unbroken for well nigh an
+hour. Jolly smiled and nodded his approval as
+Frank told in detail of his negotiations with the
+supply houses in the city. Pep’s eyes snapped
+with anticipation of the brilliant way in which the
+new Wonderland was going to open.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It looks all smooth sailing; doesn’t it now?”
+Randy submitted in his optimistic way.
+</p>
+<p>
+“How soon will we open?” pressed the eager
+Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I should think we would be all ready within
+a week or ten days.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, pshaw! have to wait that long?”
+mourned Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You want things right; don’t you?” asked
+Randy.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_103'></a>103</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, of course, of course,” responded Pep,
+“only every day counts. Before we know it
+someone else will break in and get all the cream
+off the proposition.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“No, no, friend Pep,” laughed Ben Jolly confidently.
+“We’ve got too good a start in the
+movies race at Seaside Park, and we’re bound to
+win.”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_104'></a>104</span><a name='chXII' id='chXII'></a>CHAPTER XII—BUSINESS RIVALS</h2>
+<p>
+“Put the brake on, Pep!” sang out Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What’s the trouble now?” inquired Ben
+Jolly. “Someone trying to kidnap you again?”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank, Randy and Jolly, on their way to see
+about their goods at the freight house, had scattered
+precipitately as a bounding figure turned a
+street corner and almost crashed into them.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Glad I found you. Say, what did I tell
+you?” exclaimed the youthful sprinter. “You
+come with me and I’ll show you something that
+will open your eyes.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Later, Pep,” said Frank. “We are on our
+way to arrange for carting the traps from Fairlands
+up to the playhouse.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“It won’t take a minute,” declared Pep. “It’s
+only a block or two away. Say, you’d better
+come. I’ll show you a sight that will set you
+thinking.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“All right, we’ll give you five minutes, Pep,”
+said Frank indulgently.
+</p>
+<p>
+“And don’t forget that I told you so!”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_105'></a>105</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Told us what?” interrogated Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You’ll find out in a minute.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep piloted the group in his usual impetuous
+way. Quite a busy boardwalk diverged from the
+main boardwalk thoroughfare, and some minor
+stores and restaurants of the cheaper class occupied
+the first block.
+</p>
+<p>
+About midway of the square was a vacant
+building, once a dime museum. Frank and his
+friends had noticed this in their search for a
+business location. It was off the main route of
+travel, however, and the building was old, ramshackly
+and set down from the street level, the
+lot lying in a depression in the ground so that
+one had to descend three steps to the entrance.
+</p>
+<p>
+“There you are,” pronounced Pep in an impressive
+way. “What do you say to it?”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank, Randy and Ben Jolly came to a halt
+as they faced an electric sign running out from
+the front of the building.
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘National,’” read Randy—“‘National’
+what?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Photo playhouse,” asserted Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Do you know that?” challenged Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I do. When I passed by a man who was
+wiring the sign told me that a big New York fellow
+and a Seaside Park party were going to open
+up next week.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_106'></a>106</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“The mischief!” exclaimed Randy, roused up.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say,” remarked Jolly, bristling up at this
+hint of rivalry, “we want to get busy.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, it doesn’t alarm me,” spoke Frank. “In
+the first place it is off the mainly traveled route.
+Besides, the neighborhood is cheap and I would
+imagine they wouldn’t get more than a nickel.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s worth looking up—always keep track of
+what your competitors are doing,” advised Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why I say,” suddenly remarked Frank—“their
+sign is wrong.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“How wrong?” questioned Randy, and then
+he added: “That’s so: ‘NATONAL.’ They’ve
+left out an I.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s so,” cried Pep, “maybe they bought some
+second hand letters and there wasn’t any I’s in
+the lot.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘Big New York fellow,’” observed Jolly
+thoughtfully. “Wonder who he is? Maybe
+you stirred things up in the city, Durham, and
+started somebody on our trail.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, we must expect competition,” replied
+Frank. “It shan’t scare us.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“No, we’ll stick to a first-class basis and be the
+leader,” declared Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You fellows go on,” spoke Pep. “I’ll sort
+of spy out the enemy’s country—hey?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I would like to know who is behind this
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_107'></a>107</span>
+‘National’ with an I missing,” said Frank, and
+they turned about and resumed their way to the
+freight depot, leaving Pep to his own devices.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep was not afraid to venture anywhere or address
+anybody. He was inside the old building
+and had accosted the man he had seen outside
+within five minutes after his friends left him.
+The man knew all about the proposed extensive
+refitting of the old barn of a place, but did not
+know who was backing the new show outside of
+a big man from New York and a party with
+money at Seaside Park. Pep pumped him dry
+so far as the arrangements for the show were
+concerned.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hello, Pep,” hailed him just as he went outside
+again.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That isn’t my name—it’s Pepperill,” retorted
+Pep, resenting the mistake and the familiarity.
+He was in a fiery mood just now, but as he recognized
+young Peter Carrington and noticed that
+he was headed for the building he had just left,
+Pep decided that he would lose nothing by using
+a little tact.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, that’s all right,” observed Peter in his
+usual airy manner—“been into my show?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Your show?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s what,” and Peter poked his cap back
+on his head, stuck his thumbs in his armpits, and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_108'></a>108</span>
+grinned at Pep in a patronizing sort of way.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, I see,” said Pep, “you’re the Seaside
+Park capitalist I heard about?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Did some one honest say that?” inquired
+Peter, his vanity immensely gratified. “Well,
+I have invested something—got a little money
+from my aunt, although she doesn’t know that
+I’ve gone into the show business. She’d be mad
+if she knew I was going to set up opposition to
+you fellows, for she likes you. Business is business,
+though. You fellows wouldn’t take me in
+and I had to get some other partners; didn’t I?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Who are your partners?” probed Pep innocently.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, one of them is Greg Grayson. He’s
+from your town. You know him?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Slightly,” assented Pep, his lips drawing together
+grimly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“A friend of his has invested something, too,”
+rambled on the effusive Peter. “Our mainstay,
+though, is a New York man. They say he’s ’way
+up in the moving picture line.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What is his name?” pressed Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Mr. John Beavers—ever hear of him?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I don’t think I have.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s because you’re new in the business,”
+declared Peter. “He says he’s the first man who
+ever started a moving picture show.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_109'></a>109</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Also a capitalist, I suppose?” insinuated Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, he’s got a lot of investments that have
+tied up his ready cash, he says, but he will stand
+back of us if we need more money.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well,” said Pep, “I must be moving on.
+The more the merrier, you know.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I must tell you,” hurried on Peter—“We’re
+going to have two private boxes in our show.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What for?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, to make a hit. Friends, members of the
+press and all that—see? I say, Smith, I hope
+you’re going to exchange professional courtesies.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What do you mean?” demanded Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Complimentaries, and all that.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I don’t think we are going to have any complimentaries,”
+replied Pep. “Our space will be
+for sale; not to give away. That fellow run a
+photo playhouse!” snorted Pep wrath fully to
+himself, as he left the spot. “Why, he hasn’t
+got the gumption to run a peddler’s cart, or a
+shoestring stand!”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep reached the freight house just as his
+friends were leaving it. They had arranged for
+the reception and delivery of their traps from
+Fairlands to the new playhouse. This meant busy
+times, getting in order to open up for business.
+Pep told of his new discoveries as to the personnel
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_110'></a>110</span>
+of the rival firm of the “Natonal.” Randy
+flared up at once.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s half spite work,” he declared. “This
+Peter is mad because we wouldn’t take him into
+our scheme and Greg Grayson owes us a grudge,
+or fancies he does, and wants to pay it back. He
+and his cronies were always ready for any mean
+mischief back at Fairlands.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, well, as long as it is fair business rivalry,
+who cares?” submitted Jolly. “From the
+start they’ve made I don’t think they will last
+long.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“They will do all they can to annoy us while
+they do,” declared Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Did you tell young Carrington about the
+missing letter in the ‘Natonal’ sign, Pep?” inquired
+Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“No, I didn’t,” replied Pep, ungraciously.
+“Think I’m around mending his blunders?
+Humph! guess not. If I had, do you know what
+he would have said?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“No; what, Pep?” pressed Randy, with a
+broad grin.
+</p>
+<p>
+“He’d say: ‘Oh, yes, that’s so. Anybody
+can see it’s spelled wrong. Didn’t notice it before.
+Of course it should be “Natonel.”’”
+</p>
+<p>
+All hands laughed at Pep’s sally. Then Frank
+asked:
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_111'></a>111</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Did you ever hear of this John Beavers, Mr.
+Jolly?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Never did, Durham. I wonder where the
+crowd picked him up? Don’t think he’s a notable,
+though. Judging from the way he’s letting
+them hold the bag, I reckon he isn’t much of a
+capitalist.”
+</p>
+<p>
+They emerged upon the boardwalk as Jolly
+concluded his remarks. Pep was the first to
+discover a commotion amid the crowds ahead.
+</p>
+<p>
+“There’s some new excitement,” he cried.
+“Let’s hurry up and see what it is.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Just then a man dashed through the throng
+on a dead run. In hot pursuit was a second individual,
+fast overtaking him and shouting as he
+sprinted:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Stop that man!”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_112'></a>112</span><a name='chXIII' id='chXIII'></a>CHAPTER XIII—ALL READY!</h2>
+<p>
+The man in advance happened to cross a wet
+streak on the walk just as Frank and his friends
+observed him. This was caused by the overflow
+of a combination drinking fountain and horse
+trough. The man slipped and went flat. In another
+minute, as he struggled to his feet, his pursuer
+pounced upon him.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, look! Look!” ejaculated Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s Hal!” echoed Ben Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank and Randy recognized their friend the
+ventriloquist simultaneously. The former was a
+good deal surprised, for he had bade Vincent
+good-bye in New York City within the past
+forty-eight hours. He wondered what had
+brought Vincent to Seaside Park; and more than
+ever, what his participation in the present incident
+might mean.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ve got you; have I?” stormed Vincent,
+making a grab at the fugitive and seizing him by
+the arm. Then he whirled him around and transferred
+his clutch to the throat of the man.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_113'></a>113</span>
+“Now, then, you pull off that coat in a jiffy, or
+I’ll fling you out into the street.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, yes, certainly—ssh! don’t raise a row.
+Likely to be known here. Going into business—hurt
+my reputation.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Your reputation, you miserable rat!”
+shouted Vincent, greatly excited. “You’ve led
+me a fine chase; haven’t you, after all I did for
+you! I made up my mind, though, I’d find you
+and get back my property, if I had to chase you
+half over the country.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Return coat in private—secluded spot.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Take it off now!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Leaves me without any.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Take it off!” fairly yelled Vincent. Then,
+as the man obeyed he wrenched it from his grasp,
+threw it to the pavement and grasping the fugitive
+by the shoulders, ran him straight up to the
+watering trough.
+</p>
+<p>
+Splash! splash! splash! “Ooo—oof! Leggo!
+Murder!”—a wild riot of sounds made the welkin
+ring. A fast-gathering mob bustled nearer.
+Dripping, hatless, coatless, the helpless fugitive
+was given a shove down the sidewalk by Vincent,
+who turned and confronted a police officer.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hi, there!” challenged the latter sternly—“what’s
+the trouble here?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“No trouble at all,” retorted Vincent. “I’ve
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_114'></a>114</span>
+saved you that. That fellow slinking out of
+sight between those two buildings stole my coat
+and I’ve got it back—that’s all.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“A thief; eh?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, he’s out of sight and I’m satisfied,” advised
+Vincent. “I gave him free lodging and
+feed in the city and he paid me back by robbing
+me. We’re square now and no need of your
+services, thank you. By the way, though, you
+might glimpse him so as to be able to keep track
+of him. He’s a slippery customer to have in a
+town where there’s even door mats or lawn
+mowers lying around loose.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank had picked up the coat from the pavement
+where Vincent had flung it and he now
+offered it to him.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That you, Durham?” hailed the ventriloquist,
+mopping his perspiring brow—“and the
+rest of the crowd? Howdy—I declare, I was
+ruffled. I can stand anything but ingratitude.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Who is the fellow, anyway?” inquired Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, he’s been a hanger-on at the movies and
+a sponge and dead beat for a long time. His
+name is Jack Beavers.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What’s that?” cried Pep, sharply. “Why,
+that’s the name of the ‘big New York man’
+who is going to start the new show with Peter
+Carrington and his crowd.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_115'></a>115</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“What new show?” inquired Vincent, quickly.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep told of the prospective photo playhouse
+that had come to their attention that day.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say,” exclaimed Vincent, belligerently, when
+the information had been accorded. “I’ll follow
+this up and put that fellow out of business.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I wouldn’t trouble, Mr. Vincent,” said Frank.
+“We don’t want to give Carrington and his
+friends any excuse for claiming we are persecuting
+them. If this man is the kind of fellow
+you describe, he will soon run himself out.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“And them, too,” declared Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Birds of a feather—all of them,” commented
+Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+Vincent explained that he was due to return at
+once to the city. He expected to have his claim
+against the company that had stranded him and
+owed him money come up in court at any time,
+and wanted to be on hand to present his evidence.
+The boys, however, prevailed upon him to accompany
+them home and have at least one good, old-fashioned
+meal with them. Then they all went
+with him to his train.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hope to see you soon again, Hal,” remarked
+Ben Jolly, as they shook hands good-bye.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You will, Jolly—it’s fate,” declared Vincent.
+“I’m running up against your crowd all the time,
+and I guess it’s on the books. Bow-wow-wow!”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_116'></a>116</span>
+and he winked at Pep, always alive for mischief.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Meow!—p’st! pst!”—and a kitten in the
+arms of a fussy old man just getting aboard of
+a coach arched its back at the well-counterfeited
+imitation of the ventriloquist, while its mistress
+ran up the steps in a violent flurry.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Let me out—let me out!” came next, apparently
+from a big sample case a colored porter
+was carrying for a traveling salesman. Down
+came the case with a slam and the porter stood
+regarding it with distended eyes and quivering
+face.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Lawsy sakes, boss!” he gurgled—“what you
+done got in dere?” and very gingerly and rapidly
+he carried the case into the coach when prevailed
+upon to do so by its somewhat startled
+owner.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then with a smile the versatile Vincent jumped
+aboard of the train, waving his hand cheerily in
+adieu to his smiling friends.
+</p>
+<p>
+“A jolly good fellow, that,” commented
+Frank, as the train pulled out. “I only hope we
+will be able to afford to engage his talents for the
+new Wonderland.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You’ve just got to,” vociferated Pep. “He’s
+a regular drawing card and a show all in himself.”
+</p>
+<p>
+And now came the real work of the motion
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_117'></a>117</span>
+picture chums. The new photo playhouse was all
+ready for the outfit, and when that was brought
+from the freight house there was plenty of lifting,
+carrying and placing to attend to. The big
+electric sign had to be reset and adjusted, the
+sheet iron booth for the machine put in place,
+and for four days there were a multitude of little
+things to accomplish.
+</p>
+<p>
+Jolly got track of a closed show at Brenton
+where the chairs were for sale and drove an excellent
+bargain in their purchase, and also in the
+delivery.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was Thursday night when for the first time
+the electric lights were turned on, so the boys
+could see how the playhouse “showed up,” as
+they expressed it. They all went out in front,
+Jolly turning the switches from inside. To the
+excited vision of the enthusiastic Pep the result
+was a burst of glory. The sign came out boldly.
+The many windows of the building, standing
+alone by itself as it did, made Randy think of a
+palace.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank was more than pleased. He was proud
+of his playhouse, proud of his loyal friends and
+deeply gratified as a crowd began to gather and
+he overheard their flattering and encouraging
+comments.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, I saw that blaze three blocks down the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_118'></a>118</span>
+street,” declared a breathless urchin, coming up
+on a run.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, it was so bright I thought it was a fire,”
+echoed a companion.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was arranged that the three chums should
+visit their home town next morning. Jolly was
+left in charge of the playhouse and told them to
+have a good time and throw all care from their
+minds, as he would be able to complete all the
+arrangements for the opening Monday night.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boys had a splendid time at Fairlands.
+They were highly elated over their business progress
+in the new venture and infused their families
+and friends with their own enthusiasm and delight.
+The Fairlands weekly paper printed a nice
+article about “Three Rising Young Business
+Men of Our Town,” and altogether as they
+took the train to return to Seaside Park each
+one of the trio felt that life was worth living
+and honorable business success a boon well worth
+striving for.
+</p>
+<p>
+“And now for the grandest event of our
+life,” announced Pep, buoyantly—“the Opening
+Night!”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_119'></a>119</span><a name='chXIV' id='chXIV'></a>CHAPTER XIV—“THE GREAT UNKNOWN”</h2>
+<p>
+Pep Smith was up before the birds that memorable
+opening day. Pep had gone through a like
+experience when the Wonderland motion picture
+show was started at his home town, but that was
+a small proposition compared to the present one.
+To Pep’s way of thinking the world was waiting
+for the great event. In his active mind he pictured
+eager hundreds counting the slow hours of
+the day until the first films were flashed upon the
+screen of the new photo playhouse.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep bustled about, broke into whistling and
+stirred things up so generally that he finally woke
+Ben Jolly. The latter was quite as interested as
+Pep in the doings of the day, only he concealed
+the true state of his feelings. He set about making
+preparations for breakfast as an excuse for
+rousing Frank and Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, Pep, this is the big day of our lives;
+eh?” propounded the good-natured cook, while
+his accommodating assistant was setting the table.
+</p>
+<p>
+“And the finest ever seen,” replied Pep. “I
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_120'></a>120</span>
+never saw such a daybreak. It’s going to be just
+warm enough to make people want to stay out
+for the evening breeze, and that means crowds
+passing our place until late.”
+</p>
+<p>
+It was a jolly quartette that sat down at the
+table about five o’clock. The rest over Sunday
+had done them all good. No details had been left
+to chance or haste. Much satisfaction was felt
+in the knowledge that all the work thus far had
+been done well, with no loose ends to bother
+about when the programme began.
+</p>
+<p>
+“There’s some song posters to put up—they
+are due in the morning mail,” observed Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, and if that new film winder is sent along
+we might install it in place of the old one we
+brought from Fairlands,” suggested Jolly. “I
+suppose you want to go through a test before
+night, Durham?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“So as to give you the music cues? I think
+we had better,” assented Frank. “Besides, we
+had better see that the films run smooth.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I sent for a piano-tuning key to the city Saturday,”
+said Jolly. “As soon as I get it I will
+give the instrument a little overhauling. Jolting
+over one hundred miles in a freight car doesn’t
+improve the tone any.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy and Pep went out together about ten
+o’clock to get some posters from the printers.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_121'></a>121</span>
+Frank had brought from the city quite a lot of
+gaily colored sheets with a blank space left at
+the top. Here the name and location of the new
+playhouse had been inserted. It took the boys
+until noon to get these placed. They posted them
+in nearly all the stores along the boardwalk. The
+hotel they had stayed at let them put two in
+the lobby, and they covered the town in a way
+satisfactory to themselves.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Wonder what the National people are thinking
+of doing?” submitted Randy, as they sat
+down to dinner.
+</p>
+<p>
+“They are going to open to-night—that’s one
+thing I know,” reported Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“They’re not making much stir about it, then,”
+observed Jolly. “I haven’t heard anybody speak
+about it, whom I ran across to-day.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I met the man who is doing their electrical
+work,” said Pep. “He and I are quite chummy.
+He told me they were in a fearful mix-up, with
+things half provided for, but that they would
+surely open this evening.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What’s it to be—a nickel?” inquired Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“No a dime, he says; but he showed me a
+bunch of complimentaries and laughed and said
+he’d sell them cheap. I haven’t set my eyes on
+that Peter and the fellow from Fairlands anywhere
+around town, but I guess they’re pitching
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_122'></a>122</span>
+in with the workman to get things in order.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Wednesday of the week previous a neat postal
+card telling of the new photo playhouse had been
+sent out to every name in the little local directory
+of Seaside Park. The hotel men had taken a
+bunch of these and had agreed to put one in the
+mail of each guest. The local paper happened
+to be an exchange of the Fairlands weekly, and
+the editor of the latter had given Frank a letter
+of introduction to the Seaside Park publisher.
+As a result, the latter had copied the article about
+the chums from the home paper and had also
+given a glowing description of the new playhouse
+on the beach.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was about two o’clock in the afternoon when
+the lively Pep came into the playhouse with a new
+excitement on his mind.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say, fellows,” he announced, “we’re clear
+beat out.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hi! what’s up now?” asked Ben Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“The National without an I has got us going.
+Just met Peter Carrington. He’s jumping
+around like a chicken on a hot griddle. Just had
+time to flash by me and crow out, ‘Watch out
+for our grand free concert to-night.’”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Is that so—hum!” observed Jolly, musingly.
+“I wish I’d thought of that. I suppose we ought
+to make some little noise the opening night. Too
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_123'></a>123</span>
+late to arrange for it now, though. Just in time
+for practice, Pep. Put on that best coat of yours
+and a flower in your buttonhole, and usher in
+imaginary thousands, while Powell piles up uncounted
+dimes in the ticket office and Durham
+shoots the films. Ready—go!” and with a crash
+of the piano keys the volatile fellow began a
+lively overture.
+</p>
+<p>
+“A small but critical audience pronounced the
+rehearsal A.1.,” declared Jolly with a thrilling
+sweep of the piano keys as the three films were
+reeled off from the operator’s booth. “Slow on
+that last picture, though, Durham. It’s a good
+one and any audience will be glad to see it prolonged.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, being an ocean scene, I should think ‘A
+Wrecker’s Romance’ would take great with the
+smell of real salt water blowing right into the
+playhouse,” submitted Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Where the old wrecker hails the ship in the
+fog I want to work in some slow, solemn music,”
+proceeded Jolly. “Eh? What’s that? Mr. Jolly?
+That’s me. What is it, lad?”
+</p>
+<p>
+A messenger boy from the hotel had appeared
+at the entrance to the playhouse and asked for
+Mr. Benjamin Jolly. He delivered a note to that
+individual. The latter read it, his face breaking
+into a delighted smile.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_124'></a>124</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say, my friends,” he announced, seizing his
+hat and rushing unceremoniously from their company,
+“rush call, important though unexpected.
+Back soon,” and Jolly chuckled and waved his
+hand gaily.
+</p>
+<p>
+He was all smiles and still chuckling when he
+returned, which was in about an hour. They had
+decided on an early supper so as to have plenty
+of leisure to look over things before the playhouse
+opened, at half past six o’clock. As a
+starter, they planned to give three entertainments,
+each beginning on the hour.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You seem to feel pretty good, Mr. Jolly?”
+observed Randy, as they dispatched the appetizing
+meal, their helpful friend brimming over
+with comical sayings.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, I’ve got to live up to my name, you
+know,” explained Jolly. “Besides, always
+dreaming, you see. Been dreaming this afternoon
+of big houses, delighted throngs, pleasant
+surprises,” and the speaker emphasized the last
+word, looking mysterious the while.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank and Randy, full of the theme of the
+hour and its practical demands upon their abilities,
+did not notice this particularly. Pep, however,
+eyed Jolly keenly. He lingered as his chums
+got up from the table. Somehow the exaggerated
+jollity of their lively pianist, to Pep’s way
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_125'></a>125</span>
+of thinking, was connected with the mysterious
+message he had received earlier in the afternoon.
+Pep was an unusually observant lad. He was furthermore
+given to indulging a very lively fancy.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now he went up to Jolly. Very searchingly
+he fixed his eye upon the piano player. Very
+solemnly he picked up one of Jolly’s hands and
+looked up the arm of his coat.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hello!” challenged Jolly—“what you up to
+now, you young skeesicks?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, nothing,” retorted Pep—“just thought
+I’d like to see what you’ve got up your sleeve, as
+the saying goes.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Ah,” smiled Jolly—“suspect something; do
+you?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Got a right to; haven’t I?” questioned Pep,
+shrewdly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well,” retorted Jolly, slowly, stroking his
+chin in a reflective way, “I won’t say—just now.
+I’ll give you a tip, though, Pep.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes?” cried Pep, expectantly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“About six-thirty look out for something.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What will it be, now?” projected Pep,
+eagerly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“The Great Unknown,” replied Ben Jolly,
+with an enigmatical smile.
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_126'></a>126</span><a name='chXV' id='chXV'></a>CHAPTER XV—THE SPEAKING PICTURE</h2>
+<p>
+Pep was “on pins and needles” over the mysterious
+remark of Ben Jolly as to “The Great
+Unknown.” His friend was good natured about
+the matter, but parried all further questions.
+Then all hands at the new Wonderland became
+absorbed in their respective duties as partners and
+helpers in making the opening night of their venture
+a pronounced success.
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy could not resist the temptation of taking
+a run past the National. He came back with
+his face on a broad grin.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, Randy?” spoke Frank, expectantly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Carrington and his crowd are all business,”
+was the report. “I could see Greg and another
+bustling about inside. Everything looks make-shift,
+though, as if they had rushed things and
+weren’t more than half ready to begin. They
+were setting bare boards on top of kegs to answer
+for seats, and they had mended one of their
+broken front windows with a piece of canvas.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_127'></a>127</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Did you see anything of the famous band we
+heard about?” inquired Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“No, but at one side of the steps that lead into
+the National there was a little platform with
+four chairs on it.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I think that is their stand for the free concert
+Peter Carrington was bragging about,” remarked
+Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Four, did you say?” queried Pep, quickly.
+“Why, say, I’ll bet I know.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Know what, Pep?” inquired Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“About their band. Bet you it’s those four
+fellows who wander around calling themselves
+the Little German Band. They play for lunches,
+or take up a collection from the crowd, most any
+way to pick up a few pennies. And, oh, such
+music! I heard them down at the merry-go-round
+yesterday.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“And that isn’t all,” added Randy. “Somewhere
+they have bought an old transparency.
+Strung it clear across the front of the building.
+It reads in big red letters, ‘Grand Opening.’
+That’s all right at a distance, but as you get
+nearer up to it you can see where the color has
+faded where they tried to paint out a smaller
+line. ‘Free Lunch All Day’ was the line I made
+out plain as could be. You can imagine where
+it came from.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_128'></a>128</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep kept his watch in his hand and his eyes
+fixed upon it most of the time for the next half-hour.
+He almost counted the seconds in his impatience
+to see operations begin. He strolled
+restlessly between the living room where his
+friends sat conversing, to the front of the place,
+peering out of the windows and reporting progress
+at each trip:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Lot of people looking over the place.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Quite a crowd strolling by as if hanging
+around just waiting to get into the show.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Dozen children in line waiting to buy tickets.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Looks to me as if the people are heading
+from the beach in this direction. Hope we’ll be
+able to handle the crowds.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say, Frank, it’s twenty minutes after six.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“The crowds will keep, Pep,” said Frank with
+a smile. “We’ve got to follow up a system, you
+know.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“For mercy’s sake, what is that!” shouted
+Randy, suddenly.
+</p>
+<p>
+There had swept in through the open windows
+upon the evening breeze a strange—a startling—series
+of sounds: “Ump! Ump!” “Bla-aat bla-aat,”
+“Flar-op, flar-op,” “Tootle-tootle”—a dismal
+melody filled the room, half notes, a mixture
+of notes, some of sledge hammer force, some
+weak and squeaking.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_129'></a>129</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, hold me!” cried Randy, going into convulsions
+of laughter—“it’s that Little German
+Band.”
+</p>
+<p>
+This seemed true, for they could trace the
+source of the music after a moment or two. They
+proceeded from the neighborhood of their business
+rival. How they might sound directly at
+their source it was difficult to surmise. Arising
+from the hollow in which the National was located,
+they lacked all acoustic qualities, like a
+band playing into a funnel.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Twenty-seven minutes and a half after six,”
+declared Pep abruptly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“All right,” nodded Jolly, arising from his
+seat. “It’s not dark yet, but I suppose we will
+have to shoot on the lights.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The quartette started from the rear room in
+company, but Pep was making for the front
+entrance as soon as Jolly moved towards the
+piano. He came to a dead halt with a blank face
+as there sounded out, directly in front of the
+place, a sharp, clear bugle call.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Ahem!” observed Ben Jolly, with significant
+emphasis.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank and Randy stood stock still. They were
+both surprised and entranced, for after that rollicking
+bugle call there rang out a sweet home
+melody. Whoever was creating those gentle yet
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_130'></a>130</span>
+clear and expressive notes was a master of the
+cornet. The hour, the scene were in harmony
+with the liquid notes that gushed forth like golden
+beads dropped into a crystal dish.
+</p>
+<p>
+The wondering Pep, as if in a spell, moved
+noiselessly down the aisle and looked out through
+a window. Standing at the extreme inner edge
+of the walk was the cornetist. He wore a neat
+military costume. His close bearded face made
+Pep think of photographs he had seen of the
+leader of a noted military band. From every
+direction the crowds were gathering. They
+blocked the walk and the beach beyond it. A
+hush showed the appreciation of this enchanted
+audience until the tune was finished. Then the
+air was filled with acclamations.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Friend of mine—it’s all right. Thought I’d
+sort of offset that brass band down at the National,”
+sang out Ben Jolly at the piano, and Pep
+now knew what his reticent friend had “up his
+sleeve.” “All ready—here she goes!”
+</p>
+<p>
+A chorus of “Ah’s!” and “Oh’s!” swelled
+forth as the electric sign and then the whole front
+of Wonderland burst into a glow of electric radiance.
+Frank was into the sheet iron booth in a
+jiffy. Jolly sat prim and precise at the piano.
+Randy was in place in the little ticket office just
+as Pep threw open the front doors.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_131'></a>131</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep tried to look and act dignified, and did
+very well, but he felt so elated as the crowd
+poured in that he was all smiles and made everybody
+feel at ease instead of awed. Wonderland
+could not have opened at a more favorable moment.
+A better advertisement than the cornet
+solo could not have been devised. The crowd
+attracted by the music lingered, and most of them
+decided to take in the show.
+</p>
+<p>
+Nearly every seat in the house was taken as
+Jolly began the overture. As the electric bell announced
+the darkening of the room Pep had to
+hunt for vacant chairs.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep was particularly attentive to the cornetist,
+who entered the playhouse after giving a second
+tune on his instrument.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Near the front, please,” he said to Pep, and
+he seemed satisfied as the young usher found him
+a chair in the front row next to the curtain.
+</p>
+<p>
+The first film was full of fun and laughter.
+The second was an airship specialty and went off
+very well. The feature film of the series was
+“A Wrecker’s Romance.” It had just enough
+sea flavor to catch with the audience. There was
+a schooner caught in a storm that was lost in the
+gathering fog after sending up a rocket as a signal
+of distress.
+</p>
+<p>
+The next scene showed the wrecker on the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_132'></a>132</span>
+rainswept beach staring into the depths for some
+sign from the belated ship. It was here that Ben
+Jolly adapted the slow, striking music to the
+progress of the story.
+</p>
+<p>
+Suddenly the lone figure on the beach lifted his
+hands to his lips, formed into a human speaking
+trumpet.
+</p>
+<p>
+The audience, rapt with the intensity of the
+incident, were breathlessly engrossed. They
+could anticipate his forlorn call amid that desolate
+scene.
+</p>
+<p>
+And then something remarkable happened.
+Apparently from those moving lips, distant but
+clear—resonant and long-drawn-out—thrilling
+every soul in the audience with its naturalness
+and intensity, there sounded the words:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Ship ahoy!”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_133'></a>133</span><a name='chXVI' id='chXVI'></a>CHAPTER XVI—A GRAND SUCCESS</h2>
+<p>
+A deep hush pervaded the audience. The people
+were spellbound. Even Pep, standing against
+the side wall, felt a thrill pass through him. So
+natural and fitting had been the climax of the picture
+that its effect was apparent in a general rustling—a
+deep breath that swayed the onlookers.
+</p>
+<p>
+The wrecker turned and his lips again moved
+as if to form for a signal whistle. Shrilly the
+call wavered about the scene.
+</p>
+<p>
+“A talking picture!” Pep heard someone
+whisper.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s great!” echoed another voice.
+</p>
+<p>
+A magnificent Newfoundland dog came bounding
+down the beach. Its young master held a
+coil of rope in his hand. He seemed swayed by
+conflicting emotions. Then he appeared to arrive
+at a conclusion.
+</p>
+<p>
+He would not see that noble ship go to pieces
+on the rocks! He secured one end of the rope
+to the collar of the animal and made signs. The
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_134'></a>134</span>
+intelligent dog lifted his head. A joyous, willing
+bark rang out. It was real—like the call—like
+the whistle.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Ginger!” exclaimed Pep Smith, in a stupefied
+way.
+</p>
+<p>
+The dog disappeared. Then a dim light
+showed far out at sea and there sounded out the
+distant echo of the foghorn of a steamer. It was
+so familiar to the audience, so natural, that more
+than one among them probably lost himself and
+almost fancied he was standing on that lonely
+storm-lashed beach with the wrecker.
+</p>
+<p>
+The film ran its course—the rope was carried
+by the faithful dog to the imperiled ship. A
+safety line was sent ashore. Passengers and crew
+were all saved and among them a beautiful young
+girl.
+</p>
+<p>
+The last picture showed a lovely garden—the
+grounds of the home of the father of the rescued
+girl. She was reading a book in a vernal bower.
+The wrecker, her lover, appeared. Birds swayed
+among the blossoming branches of the trees. He
+spoke—she listened. Then, arm in arm, they
+walked slowly from the garden to the accompaniment
+of soft bird notes that filled the whole house
+with the most ravishing melody.
+</p>
+<p>
+The lights came on amid furious and genuine
+applause. A delighted and excited old man
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_135'></a>135</span>
+jumped up on his chair and waved his hat, shouting:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Three cheers for the best show on earth!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That was just famous.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Must be one of those new speaking pictures.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, we must get all the folks to come to this
+delightful show!”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep’s heart beat proudly as the audience filed
+out and he overheard this encouraging praise.
+He could hardly contain himself. Then he noticed
+Ben Jolly beckoning to him and he glided
+over to the piano. Jolly’s face was one broad,
+delighted smile.
+</p>
+<p>
+“How was it, Pep?” he inquired.
+</p>
+<p>
+“No, <em>what</em> was it!” corrected Pep in a fluster,
+and then he noticed that the cornetist had remained
+seated—and he guessed something.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Him?” he questioned.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Correct!” replied Jolly. “Give Durham the
+tip. It’s Hal Vincent. Durham must have noticed
+the brilliant accompaniment to the films and
+I don’t want to get him rattled wondering what’s
+up.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep had some difficulty in getting to the operator’s
+booth. A long line of people were in place
+at the doors and they came in with a rush as the
+room was emptied. Pep tapped and Frank told
+him to come in.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_136'></a>136</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Did you hear—did you notice it?” spoke
+Pep, excitedly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, of course,” replied Frank. “I couldn’t
+understand it at first, but I know it must be some
+professional imitator.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“It was Mr. Vincent. He wore a false
+beard.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You don’t say so!” cried Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, and he was the cornetist outside, too.”
+Pep went on.
+</p>
+<p>
+“All a piece of Mr. Jolly’s work, I suppose?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Of course,” replied Pep. “When he got that
+message this afternoon Mr. Vincent was probably
+at the hotel. Then he arranged to surprise us.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s more than a surprise—it’s given tone
+and novelty to the whole entertainment.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The routine of set duties prevented the boys
+from prolonging the conversation. Jolly had
+begun the intermission overture and the seats
+were filling up fast. A good many had remained
+from the first audience. It took little circulating
+among the benches for Pep to learn that “A
+Wrecker’s Romance,” with its realistic interpretation,
+was responsible for this.
+</p>
+<p>
+There was not a break in the second show, but
+there was a great surprise for the boys when the
+third and last programme began. A good many
+who had been to the National had got around to
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_137'></a>137</span>
+the rival playhouse. Home-going crowds from
+the beach made a stop.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Nearly fifty people turned away,” reported
+Randy, as Pep slipped out to have a word with
+him.
+</p>
+<p>
+“There must have been over eight hundred
+admissions,” figured Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“One thousand, one hundred and fifty exactly,”
+reported Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, say,” cried Pep, “at that rate we’re
+going to be rich!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hey, young fellow,” hailed a man appearing
+at this moment—“I suppose there’s a free list
+for friends?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I should say so,” responded Pep, recognizing
+the workman at the National he had gotten so
+chummy with. “Step right in, although I’m
+afraid I can’t offer you a seat.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Crowded as that; eh?” spoke the man.
+“That’s fine.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“How is it at the National?” asked Pep.
+“Do they keep busy?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Every seat taken, but then you know they
+gave away a lot of tickets. Why, say,” proceeded
+the man as they got inside, “I had no
+idea you could fix this place up so nifty.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I suppose they opened at the National before
+they were all ready?” suggested Pep, who was
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_138'></a>138</span>
+dreadfully curious about the proceedings of Peter
+Carrington and his friends.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I should say they did! They had to use
+boards for seats and several of them split in two.
+The funniest thing, though, was when one of the
+private boxes broke down.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say,” propounded Pep, “did they really build
+some private boxes?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“They did, for a fact. They were no use and
+no ornament, and the fellow who bosses things—his
+name is Beavers—kicked big against it.
+Young Carrington would have it, though, so we
+hurried through the best we could to-day. We
+told him the floor wasn’t in and not to move the
+chairs about, but he got in there with some chums.
+First thing we knew one of them shifted his position,
+and the three of them went through the floor
+and landed sprawling on top of the piano. It was
+a sight, I tell you, and the audience roared.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, I declare!” spoke Jolly, an hour later,
+as he came to the front of the playhouse with
+Vincent. “The last entertainment over and I
+believe you could gather up enough to run another
+show.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“It certainly looks like it,” added Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+The last audience had dispersed, but around
+and near the Wonderland a great many persons
+and groups loitered or strolled along leisurely.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_139'></a>139</span>
+They were the late stayers about the beach, and
+had the lights been left on and the ticket office
+open many of them no doubt would have entered
+the playhouse.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Enough is as good as a feast,” laughed
+Randy, hugging his tin cash box under his arm
+with great complacency. “It couldn’t have been
+better.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I guess we’ve hit it this time,” pronounced
+Pep, proudly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That isn’t always so hard to do at the start,”
+advised Hal Vincent. “It’s keeping it up that
+counts. You want to advertise now—new stunts,
+novelties, attractions.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Attractions!” cried Pep. “Can the best of
+them beat those cornet solos? Novelties! Why,
+those talking pictures will be the hit of the town.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You are a famous friend, Mr. Vincent,”
+spoke Frank, warmly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“And ought to be a famous man,” supplemented
+Jolly, loyally. “He’s worth putting on a
+special programme, Durham.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I got through with my city lawsuit just in
+time,” explained Vincent. “Made quite a good
+settlement, too. First thing I did was to release
+my wardrobe and dummies from embargo. They
+are ready to ship to any point where I may find
+an engagement.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_140'></a>140</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Then give your order for their delivery at
+Seaside Park forthwith, Mr. Vincent,” directed
+Frank, spontaneously. “I’ll risk saying that we
+can pay you what is fair for a month’s steady
+run at least.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Things seem to be building up right along
+the line; don’t they, Pep?” piped the piano
+player briskly, giving his favorite a friendly slap
+on the shoulder.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh!” cried Randy, “we’re going to find all
+kinds of fame and fortune at Seaside Park.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“By—the—wild—sea—waaa-ves!” added the
+versatile Vincent, throwing his ventriloquist
+voice way off over the beach in a sing-song way
+that startled passers-by.
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_141'></a>141</span><a name='chXVII' id='chXVII'></a>CHAPTER XVII—BOASTFUL PETER</h2>
+<p>
+“Somebody at the door, Pep.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“All right, I’ll attend to them.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Jolly was rearranging the chairs after sweeping
+out the playhouse and Pep was dusting,
+when there came a summons at the front door.
+It was a smart tapping and Pep wondered who
+it could be. He released one door to confront
+an impressive-looking individual, with a light
+cane in his hand and a face that somehow made
+Pep think of a stranded actor.
+</p>
+<p>
+“This is the Wonderland, I assume?” spoke
+the caller, grandiloquently.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You have assumed right,” replied Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Mr. Frank Durham, proprietor?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“One of them.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Can I see Mr. Durham personally. Important
+business.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Certainly. This way,” directed Pep, and he
+led the way to the living room at the rear.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What did I tell you!” half groaned Hal
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_142'></a>142</span>
+Vincent into Frank’s ear the moment he set
+eyes on the newcomer.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Ah, Mr. Durham—forgotten me, I suppose?”
+airily intimated the visitor, as he entered
+the room.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Not at all,” replied Frank, with a pleasant
+smile, as he arose from the desk at which he
+was seated.
+</p>
+<p>
+Jolly had got hold of a very presentable desk
+in his trading. It had been set in a convenient
+corner of the room and constituted the “office”
+of the Wonderland.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was the ubiquitous Booth whom Frank
+greeted. He knew the man at a glance and so
+did Vincent. The latter viewed the new arrival
+suspiciously and with a none too cordial bow.
+There was something that appealed to Frank in
+the visionary old fellow, however, and he treated
+him courteously.
+</p>
+<p>
+Booth bore unmistakable signs of prosperity
+and contentment. He now wore a brand new
+glossy silk tile, lemon colored gloves, was cleanly
+shaven and exploited an irreproachable collar
+and bright red necktie. He might have been one
+of the amusement kings of America judging
+from the immense gravity and dignity of his
+demeanor. Mr. Booth drew out a memorandum
+book with several bank notes folded between its
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_143'></a>143</span>
+pages and straightened his neat gold eyeglasses.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I have some very pretentious business offerings
+for you, Mr. Durham,” he volunteered.
+“However, before we proceed any farther, there
+is a matter of unfinished business—a trivial
+obligation. Let me see?” and he flipped over
+several leaves of the memorandum book. “Ah,
+yes, this is it: ‘Acceptance, one hundred and
+fifty.’ No, that is not it. ‘Note at bank’—wrong
+again. Here we have it: ‘I. O. U., one dollar.’
+I had forgotten the amount,” and he handed
+Frank a bill for that amount.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Many thanks, Mr. Durham. Adversity is
+the common lot, and such cheerful assistance as
+that which you accorded me at New York City
+is of the kind that keeps the human heart warm
+with those who honorably expect to pay their
+debts. Now then, sir, to the important business
+mission which brought me here.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Vincent looked darkly suspicious, Frank mildly
+inquisitive, Randy wondered what was coming,
+and Pep was curiously expectant.
+</p>
+<p>
+“The inauguration of two new photo playhouses
+at Seaside Park has offered a certain
+scope of opportunity for my line of specialization,”
+proceeded Booth. “I have canvassed the
+town and have done some very satisfactory initial
+business, believe me, Mr. Durham.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_144'></a>144</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“I am very glad to hear that,” spoke Frank,
+heartily.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Beyond my expectations, I may say,” declared
+the enterprising advance agent. “You
+are open for curtain features, sir?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Of the right kind, most certainly,” assented
+Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“High class with me, sir, always,” declared
+Booth. “I have one contract of quite some
+magnitude. It is a continuous one, with a feature
+that will enhance your business materially.
+Perhaps I had better show you. How is that,
+sir?”
+</p>
+<p>
+The advance agent presented a card. Upon it
+a photograph had been pasted and under this was
+the reading:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Who am I? Meet me face to face!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why,” smiled Frank in some mystification,
+“this is a picture of the back of a man’s head?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Exactly so—that’s just it!” nodded Booth,
+animatedly. “In me you see the inventor of
+that most original idea. I wish you to have that
+made into a slide. You throw the picture on
+the screen during the intermissions. A blank
+card is given to every person with the admission
+ticket. It is announced that the picture represents
+a well known local merchant. Who is he?
+The audience is given a chance to vote and the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_145'></a>145</span>
+cards are collected. To those who guess correctly
+a one-pound box of finest chocolates is
+delivered next day. These confections, done up
+in handsome boxes, you pile up in your front
+windows with a neat placard explaining the
+scheme. A custom drawer; eh, Mr. Durham?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, I must say it is quite a novel and ingenious
+plan,” admitted Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Got to have some attraction like that to interest
+new business, sir,” declared Booth. “I
+have presented the plan to you first, because you
+stood my friend in time of need and because I
+am informed that you operate the leading playhouse
+here at Seaside Park.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Are you authorized to make a deal on that
+business, Booth?” inquired Vincent, in a blunt,
+matter-of-fact way.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I am,” replied the advance agent with emphasis.
+“My client will sign a contract. He is
+one of the most reliable business men in the community.
+In later curtain features, first the rear
+view and then the front view and advertisement
+of my client’s business will be delineated on the
+screen. I have several other features to follow
+this one. I can make it worth your while to
+enter into a contract.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I see no objection to your proposition,” returned
+Frank, after a moment’s reflection. “I
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_146'></a>146</span>
+dislike any prize lottery contests, or anything
+that approaches the gambling idea; but this suggestion
+of yours seems clean and honest.”
+</p>
+<p>
+He went over details with Booth and was
+pleased to realize that quite a neat little income
+was promised from this unexpected feature of
+the entertainments.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I declare, that is the first coherent scheme I
+ever knew Booth to put through,” asserted Vincent,
+as the advance agent took his departure.
+“If he sticks at this in a business-like way it
+looks as if he would make some real money. He
+goes off on a tangent every once in a while, Durham.
+You needn’t be surprised if he drops in
+some day with one of his wild schemes, like
+dropping free tickets over the town from a balloon.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Ready to go to the bank, Randy?” inquired
+Frank, in quite a flutter, taking the bank book
+from a pigeonhole in the desk.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes,” replied Randy, taking a neatly done-up
+package from his tin cash box. “I’ve sorted
+out everything above fifty cents for deposit.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s right—always keep a good supply of
+small change on hand,” advised Jolly. “I say,
+Durham, what about the daytime shows?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“We had better canvass that situation during
+the day,” replied Frank. “We might give it a
+trial, say, day after to-morrow.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_147'></a>147</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“I don’t think a morning show would pay us,”
+suggested Vincent. “You might work in three
+matinees, though, especially when the beach gets
+more crowded.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy invited Pep to go down to the bank
+with him. They felt pretty good over the pleasant
+way things were going.
+</p>
+<p>
+“We’re in the swim, sure,” declared Pep, animatedly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, and drifting along most delightfully,”
+agreed Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Sort of a howling capitalist; aren’t you!”
+railed Pep, as they reached the bank, and with
+a due sense of importance his companion handed
+in bank book and money at the receiving teller’s
+window.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You needn’t talk,” retorted Randy—“you’re
+‘a bloated bondholder’; aren’t you?”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep winced at the allusion. As they passed
+down the steps of the bank they came face to
+face with two of their business rivals. They
+were Peter Carrington and Greg Grayson. Pep
+carelessly and Randy rather distantly bowed to
+the two boys and were about to pass on their
+way.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hold on,” sang out Peter, in his usual abrupt
+style. “Had quite a house last night; didn’t
+you? So did we.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I heard so,” observed Pep. “What’s the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_148'></a>148</span>
+matter with your private box department,
+though?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, accidents will happen,” returned Peter.
+“Say, look out for a big hit, though, in a day
+or two.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That so?” said Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You bet! Isn’t that so, Greg?”
+</p>
+<p>
+Greg Grayson assented with a nod. He looked
+mean and probably felt the same way. He had
+sense enough to realize that his past record with
+the moving picture chums, taken in conjunction
+with his present appearance on a new scene,
+showed him up in a poor light.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, sir,” vaunted Peter, swelling as if some
+big idea had sprouted in that dull brain of his;
+“we’re going to spring a motion picture sensation
+on Seaside Park that will about make us.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s good,” applauded Randy. “You deserve
+it if you have the right thing.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, we just have,” boasted Peter. “It’s
+so good that I shouldn’t wonder if it put everybody
+else in our line clean out of business.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Meaning us, I suppose?” inquired Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, those who don’t want to get hurt had
+better keep out of the way,” advised Peter.
+“The National has come to stay, I can tell you
+that.”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_149'></a>149</span><a name='chXVIII' id='chXVIII'></a>CHAPTER XVIII—THE GREAT FILM</h2>
+<p>
+“Durham, I feel that we’ve just go to get
+that film,” spoke Ben Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+He held in his hand a special letter from the
+National Film Exchange, and the lively piano
+player waved it about in a way that showed that
+he was unusually excited.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes,” nodded Hal Vincent, “this is one of
+those specials that come along only once or twice
+a year. The prize fights used to lead before people
+knew as much as they do now; but you take
+a royal coronation, or a national auto race, or an
+earthquake, or liner lost at sea, and that’s the
+big feature that the public run after for about a
+month.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You’ve got to get in at them at the start,
+though,” suggested Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Always. The event advertises itself and the
+film men give it a new start. Why, to open up
+for day shows, this flood film would be an attraction
+all of itself.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Better keep up with the times,” half laughed
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_150'></a>150</span>
+Randy. “You know how Peter Carrington is
+bragging about some new attraction that is going
+to put us out of business.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank and his chums were practically novices
+in the “movies” line. They, however, knew
+enough about the business to realize that the
+theme under discussion was one worth considering
+in all its bearings. Furthermore, they placed
+great reliance in the judgment of Jolly and Vincent.
+The letter they had received advised them
+that within two days the “Great Flood Series”
+of films would be offered for lease. The supply
+was limited and on this account one film had
+been apportioned to certain territory. The right
+to use the film, therefore, would go to the highest
+bidder in each district.
+</p>
+<p>
+The flood film covered a national disaster in
+which a large section of the West had been inundated,
+causing immense loss to life and property.
+Public charity had been appealed to and there
+were relief funds all over the country. The interest
+in the event had not yet abated.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s a big feature,” declared Ben Jolly. “My
+advice is to get it.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“And get it quick,” added Vincent. “These
+attractions are grabbed for.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“But the cost?” suggested Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, it is never ruinous,” said Vincent.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_151'></a>151</span>
+“See here, you can spare me best out of your
+most valuable staff. I’ll go to the city and put
+the deal through, if you say so.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What about those cornet solos, and the talking
+picture stunt, and the act you were going to
+put on the programme?” grumbled Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, they will keep for a night or so,” replied
+Vincent. “Another thing, I ordered my outfit,
+which was levied on at the stand down country
+where my last venture showed, sent to New York
+City before I knew I was coming down here.
+There’s some new wardrobe properties I want,
+too, so I can do double duty while I am in the
+city.”
+</p>
+<p>
+It was decided that Vincent should go to New
+York and see what could be done about the
+flood film. The boys had figured up what price
+they could stand as a maximum figure, but considerable
+discretion was left to their representative.
+Randy and Pep strolled down to the depot
+with Vincent.
+</p>
+<p>
+“See who’s here,” suddenly observed Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter Carrington, in a loud, checked suit,
+alarming necktie and classy yachting cap, was at
+the depot with his two admiring cronies, Greg
+Grayson and Jack Beavers. He was talking in
+a loud, showy way, but as Beavers caught sight
+of Vincent he spoke quickly to Peter and they
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_152'></a>152</span>
+drew away from the spot. Peter entered the
+chair car when the train came in.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hello, going your way,” observed Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say, suppose he’s after that new feature
+film?” inquired Pep, excitedly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Might be,” observed Vincent, carelessly. “If
+that’s the big card they were bragging about,
+they haven’t landed it yet. Glad you mentioned
+that point, Pep. I’ll get busy.”
+</p>
+<p>
+There was a great deal to attend to that day.
+The season had commenced with the finest of
+weather and it bade fair to continue indefinitely.
+Frank and Jolly spent several hours deciding on
+the matinee feature.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Tell you what, fellows,” he said to Randy
+and Pep, “Mr. Jolly thinks he had better take
+the week to get into our routine thoroughly.
+Mr. Booth was in to see us again this morning
+about some advertising he will put through at
+low cost. I hardly think we will try any day
+shows until next week, unless our competitors
+do. Then of course we will have to show our
+colors.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, I can tell you that they are not
+asleep,” declared Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“How is that?” inquired Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I saw my friend who works for them. He
+is building a big transparency to put across the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_153'></a>153</span>
+front of the National. He don’t know exactly
+what it is going to advertise, but he thinks a big
+film feature.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“The flood special, I’ll bet!” guessed Randy
+at once.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Aren’t they a little premature?” advanced
+Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“We’ll know to-night,” said Frank. “Mr.
+Vincent will probably be back on a late train.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The boys were brisk and ready for the evening’s
+entertainment when the hour arrived.
+There was every indication of a big attendance.
+What pleased Frank most was to notice that
+those who were waiting for the doors to open
+were mostly family people—children and residents.
+This spoke well for the reputation the
+Wonderland had already gained.
+</p>
+<p>
+The first house was only fair. There was,
+however, a big gain at eight o’clock. Randy
+looked up from the ticket reel as a familiar voice
+struck his ear with the monotonous:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Two tickets, please.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“No, no,” he laughed, moving back the bill
+which Miss Porter presented, and bowing with
+deference to her companion, the portly Mrs. Carrington.
+“You must allow us the honor and
+pleasure of retaining you on the free list.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Ridiculous, young man!” said the outspoken
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_154'></a>154</span>
+Mrs. Carrington, but she was forced ahead by
+the on-pressing crowd. Pep caught sight of
+them and hustled about actively securing two
+good seats among the few left.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep felt that he was on good behavior with
+the eyes of their lady patronesses upon them.
+When they arose to leave at the end of the hour
+he slipped over to the operator’s booth and advised
+Frank of the presence of their distinguished
+company. The little party drew aside
+for a moment or two out of the path of the
+dispersing audience.
+</p>
+<p>
+“We must certainly compliment you on your
+well ordered place, Mr. Durham,” said Mrs. Carrington.
+</p>
+<p>
+“And your tasteful selection of films,” added
+Miss Porter, brightly. “As to your pianist, he
+is an expert, and your usher system perfect.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, pshaw! you are making fun of me,” declared
+Pep, reddening.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, dear!” observed Mrs. Carrington with
+a sigh, “of course I am deeply anxious for the
+success of that headstrong nephew of mine.
+Now he has got into the motion picture business
+I can’t quite abandon him; but I must say the
+National is crude and inartistic compared with
+your place here.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Peter has our best wishes, Mrs. Carrington,” declared
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_155'></a>155</span>
+Frank. “I can assure you of
+that. Of course we are business rivals, but it
+will be with entire fairness on our part.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I am sure it will. I told you so, Mrs. Carrington,”
+spoke Miss Porter. “Peter talks as
+though you were sanguinary enemies, but I knew
+it was nonsense as far as you are concerned. I
+don’t like the man he has taken in with him, a
+Mr. Beavers, however. I told him so yesterday,
+but met with a rebuff for the interest I displayed
+in Peter’s welfare.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That little lady is our champion, all right,”
+declared Pep, returning from escorting the ladies
+to their automobile.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the boys came to reckon up the proceeds
+of the evening they found them to be several
+dollars over what they had taken in the first
+night. They were congratulating themselves on
+their continued good fortune when Hal Vincent
+put in an appearance. He had a great paper roll
+under his arm and looked brisk and contented.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, Hal?” hailed Jolly, in a cheery, expectant
+way.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I want to show you something,” was the
+ventriloquist’s reply as he opened the roll upon
+the table.
+</p>
+<p>
+It contained six different four-sheet posters.
+They were high colored, well executed and attractive.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_156'></a>156</span>
+They depicted striking and thrilling
+events of “The Great Flood.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Twenty-five sets go with the films,” he explained.
+</p>
+<p>
+“And you’ve got the films?” said Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I couldn’t bear to leave them behind,” replied
+Vincent, with a smile. “I’ve got them and
+the price won’t break us—but it’s at the cost of
+making a deadly enemy.”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_157'></a>157</span><a name='chXIX' id='chXIX'></a>CHAPTER XIX—GETTING ALONG</h2>
+<p>
+“Who’s the enemy, Mr. Vincent?” inquired
+Frank, quickly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Peter Carrington.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Pooh!” derided Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That doesn’t sound so dangerous,” declared
+Pep, lightly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Tell us about it, Hal,” urged Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“There isn’t a lot to tell,” replied Vincent.
+“Pep here was right about Carrington being
+bound on the same mission to the city as myself.
+I found him at the National Film Exchange in
+great fettle. He had just closed a deal for the
+flood film.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Then—then——” began Pep, in alarm.
+</p>
+<p>
+“In his usual conspicuous and important way
+he had his check book out, fountain pen in hand,
+and ended up a grand flourish to his signature
+with a sort of triumphant grin at me as I entered
+the office.
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘Too late, Mr. Man!’ he chuckled.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_158'></a>158</span>
+‘Thought maybe you would be after the king
+attraction of the season, so I hot-footed it here
+from the train. There you are, sir,’ and he
+handed the check to the cashier of the Exchange.
+‘Just pack up that film and the posters. Building
+a big transparency advertising it. If I can
+catch an early train we’ll put it on to-night.’
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘I cannot deliver the goods on this check,
+Mr. Carrington,’ said the cashier, politely but
+firmly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘I’d like to know why you can’t!’ flared up
+Peter. ‘That check is good as gold, and my
+aunt has a little fortune in that same bank.’
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘All right, get someone in New York to indorse
+it and you can have the goods,’ advised the
+cashier. ‘It’s no discrimination, Mr. Carrington.
+We make this a stringent rule with all
+out-of-town customers.’
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘Why, if you doubt my word, telegraph the
+bank at Seaside Park,’ flustered Peter. ‘Say,
+I’ll do it myself. I’ll have the cash wired on,
+but I shall enter a protest and a complaint with
+your superiors.’
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘That’s all right,’ smiled the cashier indifferently.
+‘I’ll give you an hour to get the cash
+here. Only, remember we are likely to have
+other bids.’
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘I am on hand to take a look at the proposition,’
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_159'></a>159</span>
+I remarked just there. Peter nearly had
+a fit. Then he dived for the door. I found out
+that his figure was ninety-eight dollars for the
+week. I added two dollars. ‘Wait the hour,’
+said the cashier.
+</p>
+<p>
+“The hour was up and fifteen minutes over
+the limit when Peter rushed upon the scene once
+more,” narrated Vincent. “He pulled a big wad
+of bank notes out of his pocket. ‘Pack up that
+film,’ he ordered sourly, ‘and cancel all our other
+orders. I’m going to a new place where they
+won’t question my credit on a measly sum like
+ninety-eight dollars.’
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘The film is sold for Seaside Park,’ explained
+the cashier. ‘The Wonderland has overbid you.
+You are overdue.’
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘Hold on,’ I put in, ‘I don’t want to take
+advantage of a competitor. Fair and square,
+Carrington. If you want the film, bid for it.’
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘Of course I’ll bid for it,’ boasted Peter.
+‘I’ll give a hundred and five.’
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘And ten,’ I said quietly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘Fifteen.’
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘And twenty,’ I added.
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘Sho!’ said Peter, flipping over the bills in
+his hand. I haven’t much more ready cash here
+with me.‘
+</p>
+<p>
+“‘I’ll loan you on your check,’ I told him and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_160'></a>160</span>
+the bluff took. I had only the hundred and fifty
+you gave me, but I was nervy, and it beat Peter.
+I fancy Jack Beavers had set a limit, or the real
+money wasn’t flush at the National; anyhow
+with a snarl and a scowl Peter gritted his teeth
+at both of us and decamped.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Late as the hour was the motion picture chums
+were so interested in the new film that they had
+to give it a trial run. It was all the lurid advertising
+claimed for it from start to finish, and it
+took thirty-five minutes to run it—the scenes depicted
+held the interest.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s well worth the money,” declared Ben
+Jolly enthusiastically. “Now then, to exploit it
+to the limit.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The transparency frame built for the National
+remained in place, but its muslin covering did not
+contain the announcement expected by Peter and
+his satellites. Even Hal Vincent, well as he
+knew Jack Beavers, was greatly surprised when
+he was told the next day that the space was devoted
+to booming a recent sparring match.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s pretty bad taste,” he criticised. “It will
+take with a certain element, but it won’t help in
+getting the good people and the stayers.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The flood film was widely advertised and put
+on that Thursday night. The posters made a fine
+show in the various store windows of the town.
+A private school came <em>en masse</em> to the first
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_161'></a>161</span>
+evening entertainment. A ladies’ charitable association,
+active in raising a fund for the flood sufferers,
+was among the audience Friday night.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s a go,” voted Ben Jolly, as Randy reported
+over a hundred people turned away from the
+doors. “If I were you, Durham, I would wire
+the Exchange for a thirty days’ contract on that
+film.”
+</p>
+<p>
+This was done. A big house was expected for
+Saturday night and it had been decided to run
+two matinees from three to five beginning Monday.
+This crowded a little but not to any noticeable
+discomfort.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep, always on the scent for information regarding
+their competitors, came in with a new
+bulletin at supper time.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Things are getting sort of mixed down at
+the National, I hear,” he remarked.
+</p>
+<p>
+“How’s that, Pep?” questioned Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“They had a rough crowd among the audience
+last night and there was a fight. Two women
+fainted and several had their pockets picked by
+some fellows from that new Midway they started
+last week outside of the concession belt.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I noticed Jack Beavers with a couple of hard-looking
+fellows yesterday afternoon down at the
+Midway,” said Vincent. “That won’t pay them,
+I can tell you.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“If the rough crowd have begun their work
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_162'></a>162</span>
+at the National we may expect them to make the
+rounds,” said Jolly. “Keep a sharp eye out,
+Pep.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ll do just that,” was the prompt response.
+</p>
+<p>
+As anticipated by the motion picture chums
+and their friends, the throngs that evening beat
+all records. Pep forgot to look for suspicious
+characters or trouble. Everything went smoothly
+up to the last show, when he noticed four swaggering
+fellows come in. They crowded their way
+to the front and made a noisy shuffling with their
+feet and talked loudly. A few minutes later a
+like group gained admittance and took seats
+among the rear rows of seats. There were cat
+calls and signals between the two groups and Pep
+scented trouble.
+</p>
+<p>
+Vincent, who until he went on the programme
+the next week helped Pep to keep things in order,
+came up to his young friend just as the first film
+of the third series was being run off.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I say, Pep,” he observed, “two of the fellows
+in that quartette in front there are the same fellows
+I saw with Jack Beavers. They look ripe
+for a demonstration.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You mean they may have been sent here to
+make trouble for us?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“And rush the crowd in the hope of picking a
+few pockets—that is their general programme,
+yes.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_163'></a>163</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“I wish we could get one of the beach policemen
+to show himself,” said Pep. “That would
+scare them off. Those officers are friendly to us,
+but won’t make a move until a real row is on.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I think I can help out on this proposition,”
+remarked Vincent, and Pep noticed that he passed
+through the doorway leading to the living apartment,
+behind the main room.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the lights came on for a moment between
+the first and second film Pep stared in blank
+surprise at a figure standing against the side wall.
+It was that of a police officer fully uniformed,
+even to the stout club usually carried. He was
+not ten feet away from the quartette that had
+made Pep so apprehensive.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s Mr. Vincent,” guessed Pep—“good for
+him!”
+</p>
+<p>
+The versatile ventriloquist it was. His extensive
+wardrobe had provided a disguise that cooled
+down the four unwelcome visitors from the start.
+Vincent stood like a statue where he had posted
+himself, as if on duty. When the lights went off
+he drew even nearer to the quartette, and they
+seemed to accept the fact that he was there for
+their benefit and that it would pay them to behave
+themselves.
+</p>
+<p>
+Vincent was a good deal surprised when someone
+came close to him down the aisle next to the
+outer wall of the building. He was almost startled
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_164'></a>164</span>
+when the words were whispered in his ear:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Officer, I want you to help me as soon as this
+film is over.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“In what way?” inquired Vincent.
+</p>
+<p>
+“The two men at the end of the front seats
+here—Midway crowd—I want them.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Want them?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, I am an officer from the city—I’ll show
+you my credentials later. The two fellows I mention
+have led me a long hunt—it’s a burglary
+case.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What do you want me to do?” inquired Vincent.
+</p>
+<p>
+“They will show fight, both of them, the minute
+their eyes light on me. You grab the second
+fellow. I’ll attend to the other one. Then send
+the usher out for more police help.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“All right,” assented Vincent, “only do all this
+quietly as you can. We don’t want to hurt the
+reputation of the show by any rough work.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, they’ll wilt when they see they’re cornered.
+Another word-whisper.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Help me to do this job neatly and there’s a
+fine reward to divide.”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_165'></a>165</span><a name='chXX' id='chXX'></a>CHAPTER XX—A RICH FIND</h2>
+<p>
+As the lights came on again the man who had
+spoken to Vincent moved forward so as to intercept
+the two end men on the second row of seats.
+One of them, who had arisen the moment he
+fixed his eyes on the officer from the city, sat
+down quickly. He pulled his next companion by
+the sleeve, who slunk down with him.
+</p>
+<p>
+All this Vincent noticed, and Pep, guessing
+that these actions meant something, glided to the
+side of the ventriloquist.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What is it, Mr. Vincent?” he inquired
+breathlessly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I hardly know myself yet,” said Vincent.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I want you, my man!” spoke the city officer
+just here.
+</p>
+<p>
+He reached out and grabbed the slinking man
+by the collar.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That one also,” was added sharply, and Hal
+Vincent pounced upon the other man in true official
+style. Pep heard what he took for signal
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_166'></a>166</span>
+whistles from the other members of the party,
+whom he noticed burrowing their way through
+the crowd as if fearing detection themselves and
+anxious to get out of the way as fast as they
+could.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Go out and tell a couple of beach officers we
+need them, Pep,” spoke Vincent quickly. “This
+way,” he added to the New York officer, and led
+his prisoner into the living rooms.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep hurried on his mission and returned with
+the officers sent for. He advised Frank and
+Randy that “something was up” and made sure
+that the latter got started for the rear with his
+cash box. Then Pep closed and locked the front
+doors securely.
+</p>
+<p>
+He stood there on guard until the two policemen
+and the officer from the city came out with
+their prisoners. They had handcuffed them together
+and the captives looked sullen but subdued.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I won’t forget you,” spoke the officer from
+the city as Pep let the little group get out into the
+street.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, that’s all right,” replied Vincent. “We’re
+glad to have got through with the fellows without
+any row or publicity.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What have those men been doing, Mr. Vincent?”
+inquired Pep as the doors were again secured
+and they went back into the living rooms.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_167'></a>167</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Some big burglary in New York, the officer
+said,” explained the ventriloquist. “It seems he
+has been on their trail for a week. Located them
+at the Midway and traced them here to-night.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Get your broom, Randy,” ordered Pep, consulting
+his watch.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What for?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“We’ve got just forty-eight minutes before
+twelve o’clock. We want to sweep out by then.
+To-morrow’s Sunday, when we won’t do it, and
+the next day is Monday when we can’t do it with
+the hustle and bustle of a double programme and
+two matinees. Besides, it’s a satisfaction to see
+it all neat and in order over to-morrow.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s so,” assented Randy, but he yawned,
+for it had been an arduous day for all hands.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boys pitched in with ardor, Pep taking one
+side, Randy the other. There was more sand
+than dust, for the floor had been cleanly swept
+only that morning. There was, however, the
+usual lot of candy and popcorn boxes, torn programmes,
+and the general litter of the entertainment.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You beat me, Randy,” said Pep, as his companion
+rounded into the end of the center aisle
+near the entrance first with his heap of swept-up
+rubbish.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ll get the box and the dust pan,” volunteered Randy,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_168'></a>168</span>
+“and we’ll soon have the rubbish
+out of the way.”
+</p>
+<p>
+While his comrade was gone for the utensils in
+question Pep began poking about in the accumulated
+heap swept up. He always did this before
+the heap was placed in the rubbish box and
+dumped out of a side window into a coal box
+standing beneath it. Very often they found little
+articles of value—once a pair of ladies’ gloves, a
+baby’s hat twice, rings, and after nearly every performance
+pennies, nickels, and once a dollar bill.
+A list of these articles of any value was made and
+placarded on a neat card labelled “Owner Apply,”
+tacked up on the ticket seller’s booth outside.
+</p>
+<p>
+“A plugged nickel and two suspender buttons,”
+laughed Pep as a result of his explorations
+as Randy reappeared.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I kicked something!” announced Randy, and
+sure enough something that rattled skidded
+across the floor from the edge of the dust heap.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why,” replied Pep, picking up the article in
+question, “it’s a chamois bag.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Something in it?” questioned Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Think so? I’ll see,” and Pep probed. “I
+say,” he added with animation, “look here,
+Randy!”
+</p>
+<p>
+Both boys viewed in amazement the object Pep
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_169'></a>169</span>
+had extracted from the little chamois bag. It
+sparkled and dazzled.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Gold!” uttered Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“And diamonds!” added Pep with zest. “It’s
+a necklace. It’s handsome enough to be real, but
+that can’t be.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why not?” challenged Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, it would be worth a small fortune.
+Who’s going to drop a thing like that in a ten-cent
+motion picture show?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“We’ll ask Mr. Vincent,” suggested Randy,
+and Pep slipped their singular find into his pocket.
+They cleaned up the dust heap, set the rows of
+chairs in apple pie order and joined the others in
+the living rooms.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I want to show you something, Mr. Vincent,”
+said Pep, approaching the ventriloquist,
+who with Jolly was dispatching supper at the
+table.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why,” exclaimed Vincent, as Pep handed
+him the chamois bag and he held up to the light
+the necklace it contained, “where in the world
+did you get this?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I should say so!” cried Jolly, his eyes fixed
+upon the shimmering article of jewelry.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Randy swept it up,” explained Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Is it good for anything?” inquired Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Is it!” projected Vincent forcibly. “I should
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_170'></a>170</span>
+rather say so! Those are genuine diamonds, and
+the other settings are valuable, too. Not less than
+a thousand dollars, and maybe five.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep gave utterance to an excited whistle.
+Randy looked bewildered. Frank, busy at his
+desk going over the contents of the cash box,
+arose from his chair and like the others became
+an interested member of the group.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Some lady must have carried it with her and
+it dropped from her pocket,” he suggested. “It
+is too late to-night to think of seeking an owner
+for it.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Whoever it belongs to will be around looking
+for it quick enough,” declared Vincent.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I hope there will be some kind of a reward,”
+said Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“If there is, you get it,” observed Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“No, we divide,” insisted his loyal chum.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, wait till the reward is offered, will
+you?” laughed Jolly. “I say, Durham, our
+friend Booth must know of this. He’ll get us a
+whole column in the newspapers. ‘Exclusive and
+fashionable audience at the Wonderland. Sensational
+loss of priceless gems! Found by the proprietors.
+Consumed with anxiety to locate the
+owner. Latter appears—prominent society leader.
+Jewels restored and the Wonderland still running
+to crowded houses. See the great flood feature
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_171'></a>171</span>
+films!’ Why, it’s as good as the usual lost jewels
+for the actress.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank took charge of the chamois bag and deposited
+it in the tin cash box. This he locked up
+and as usual took it into one of the apartments
+where he slept.
+</p>
+<p>
+“We shall have to keep special watch over all
+that valuable stuff until the bank opens Monday
+morning,” he explained.
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy hung around, wrought up with excitement
+over their wonderful find and anxious to
+talk about it. Pep was very tired and went to his
+cot to rest. Frank, Jolly and Vincent sat with
+their feet on the sill of an open window, enjoying
+the cool breeze from the ocean and indulging in
+pleasant comments on the first successful week of
+the Wonderland.
+</p>
+<p>
+“With the flood film and the specialty act of
+the great family entertainer, ‘Signor Halloway
+Vincenzo,’ I predict we will capture the town next
+week,” declared Ben Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Guess I’ll turn in, too,” remarked Randy,
+after wandering about the room aimlessly for
+some time.
+</p>
+<p>
+“All right, just turn out the light, will you?”
+asked Frank. “It’s sort of nice to sit here with
+the moonlight streaming in.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy took off his coat and shoes and started
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_172'></a>172</span>
+for the apartment where Pep was fast asleep. It
+contained two cots. He had started over to give
+Pep a shake and make him get up and undress,
+when he chanced to pass one of the windows and
+glanced out.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Fire!” he instantly shouted, and rushed out
+into the room where the others were.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What’s that?” challenged Frank, springing
+to his feet.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, right across the block,” declared Randy.
+“You can see it from the side window. Look at
+that!”
+</p>
+<p>
+A glare suddenly illuminated the room. Ben
+Jolly moved to the window and uttered a sharp
+whistle of surprise. Frank ran into his room and
+came out with his cap on. Then there was a rush
+for the little back stairs running into the yard behind
+the building.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Wait for me!” called out Randy, struggling
+to put on his shoes.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hey! what’s all the row?” hailed Pep sleepily,
+as Randy stamped his foot into a shoe,
+grabbed up his cap and coat and made a dive for
+the yard.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Fire!” bawled back Randy. “Right near
+us, too! Hurry up!”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep sat up on his cot rubbing his eyes. Then
+a spurting glare from the fire lit up the room. He
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_173'></a>173</span>
+jumped to his feet and hurried out into the large
+room.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It is a fire, sure enough,” he exclaimed, glancing
+from the window. “It’s that big building
+where they rent rooms to transients. The whole
+roof is ablaze and——”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep came to a sudden halt. Just stepping over
+the threshold of the doorway at the head of the
+yard steps, he was confronted by two men running
+up them.
+</p>
+<p>
+One of them threw out one hand. It landed on
+Pep’s breast, almost pushing him off his footing,
+and was accompanied by the gruff voice:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hey, you get back in there!”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_174'></a>174</span><a name='chXXI' id='chXXI'></a>CHAPTER XXI—THE TIN BOX</h2>
+<p>
+Pep was a quick thinker. He could not tell
+how it was, but the minute his eyes lighted on the
+two strangers he somehow associated them with
+the group from whom he had anticipated trouble
+earlier in the night. In fact he was not sure that
+they were not two members of the quartette who
+had been the object of the visit of the officer from
+the city.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What do you want?” Pep instantly challenged.
+</p>
+<p>
+For answer his assailant leaped forward and
+made a grab for him. Pep knew that the intrusion
+of these men could have no good motive.
+He dodged, seized a frying pan from the gas
+stove, and brandished it vigorously.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ll strike!” he shouted. “Don’t you try to
+hold me!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Quiet the young spitfire,” growled the second
+of the men, and although Pep got in one or two
+hard knocks with his impromptu weapon, he was
+finally held tightly by the arms from behind by
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_175'></a>175</span>
+one of the men. Pep let out a ringing yell, hoping
+to attract attention from outside, but his
+friends were by this time in the turmoil of the
+fire, and the few crossing vacant spaces were
+shouting and excited like himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I supposed they had all rushed out to the
+fire,” spoke the man who had first appeared.
+“Keep this one quiet, if you have to choke him.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep’s captor threw him to the floor and pinned
+him there with his knee on his breast, despite his
+wrigglings. He managed to apply a gag. Then
+he rudely jerked Pep to his feet, holding his
+wrists together in a vise-like grip.
+</p>
+<p>
+The flare from the fire and the bright moonlight
+illumined the room as clearly as day. Some
+vivid thoughts ran riot in the active mind of Pep
+as the other man went into one of the partitioned
+sleeping places.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s right,” called out Pep’s captor. “The
+boy who had the tin box carried it in there somewhere.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Got it!” sounded in a triumphant tone two
+minutes later, and there was a rattle and a rustling
+sound.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep groaned inwardly. He could figure things
+out clearly now, he fancied. The intruders were
+the two former companions of those arrested not
+two hours before by the city officer.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_176'></a>176</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Then it was the fellow he was after that left
+the chamois bag,” theorized Pep rapidly. “He
+didn’t want it found on him, and he got word to
+these friends of his. They probably saw us looking
+at the necklace through the windows and
+planned to get it back. When Frank and the others
+ran out to the fire they hurried in here,
+and——”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Got it; eh?” inquired Pep’s captor, as his
+comrade reappeared.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I have,” chuckled the other, and busied himself
+rolling a pillow slip about the tin box.
+“Found it under a cot in there. Now then, quick
+is the word.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The man who held Pep gave him a sudden
+fling. Pep landed against the wall on the other
+side of the room with stunning force. The two
+men, hurriedly departing, directed a quick glance
+at him.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That settles him,” observed the foremost of
+the two, running down the outside stairs.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep was dazed for a moment. He actually fell
+back half stunned. His head had received a terrific
+bump. The instant a thought of the loss of
+their little treasure box drifted into his mind,
+however, he was on his feet in a flash.
+</p>
+<p>
+He tore the obstructing handkerchief from his
+mouth and made for the open door, capless and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_177'></a>177</span>
+out of breath. Pep darted down the stairs, his
+eyes glancing in every direction. The whole top
+of the building, three hundred feet away, was
+blazing now. There was a vacant space behind
+the Wonderland, and across this people were running
+in the direction of the fire. Pep could not
+make out his friends anywhere about. As his
+glance swept in the opposite direction he saw two
+shadowy forms headed on a run for the side
+street.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s them; I see them!” cried Pep, and he
+sprinted ahead, his eyes fixed upon the scurrying
+figures. They disappeared between two buildings.
+Then they came out on the street next to
+the boardwalk.
+</p>
+<p>
+All along Pep’s idea had been to get near
+enough to them to call upon others to assist him
+in detaining them as thieves. There was no police
+officer in sight, however, and people about
+were thinking only of getting to the scene of the
+fire. Then, as Pep came out upon the street into
+which the two men had turned, he saw them
+standing by an automobile. One of them was
+cranking it. The other had climbed into the rear
+seat.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Stop those men! they have robbed us!”
+shouted Pep, putting for the spot where the automobile
+stood and addressing three or four persons who were
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_178'></a>178</span>
+hastening in the direction of the
+fire.
+</p>
+<p>
+One of these halted and looked at Pep as if to
+take heed of his announcement, but his fellows
+urged him to come on and laughed at Pep. The
+outcry had hastened the movements of the thieves.
+The man in front of the machine jumped into the
+chauffeur’s seat and seized the wheel.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You shan’t get away with our property!”
+declared Pep, gaining on the auto just starting
+up. “Help! Thieves! Police! Police!”
+</p>
+<p>
+The man in the rear seat had placed the box by
+his side. He had both hands free. As Pep leaped
+to the step and clung there, he reached out both
+arms. He was a fellow of powerful build, and
+he was annoyed and angry at the pertinacity of
+their pursuer. Pep dodged his head and body
+aside, but the man got a hold on his coat and
+pulled him clear over into the machine.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Now go on,” he directed his companion.
+“I’ll squelch the young wildcat.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You won’t! Help! Police—pol——”
+</p>
+<p>
+The man had Pep down between his knees. He
+was cruelly brutal, squeezing him down out of
+view from the street and choking him into silence.
+Pep gave up all hope now. He was silenced
+and helpless. The machine made several
+turns to baffle pursuit, if anyone should follow,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_179'></a>179</span>
+and started down a winding road leading into the
+country.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Now you sit still there and keep your tongue
+quiet or I’ll do worse for you next time,” growled
+his captor, lifting Pep to the seat and holding to
+one arm.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why don’t you pitch him out?” demanded
+the man acting as chauffeur. “We’re past the
+hue and cry now.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Not from a fellow with his sharp wits,” retorted
+the other. “He’d find the first telephone,
+double-quick. He’s made us a lot of trouble. I’ll
+give him a long walk home for his meddling.”
+</p>
+<p>
+They were going at such a furious rate Pep
+knew that even if they passed anyone his shout
+would be incoherent and borne away on the wind.
+At any rate they were secure from pursuit except
+by an automobile like their own.
+</p>
+<p>
+He foresaw the fate of the little tin box—carried
+away with its precious contents by these
+criminals, himself abandoned in some lonely spot
+to find his way back home as best he might. A
+desperate resolve came into Pep’s mind, as glancing
+ahead he caught the glint of water. At the
+end of a steep incline a bridge spanned a small
+river. Pep got his free hand ready. Just as the
+front wheels of the machine struck the first timbers
+of the bridge, his hand shot out for the tin
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_180'></a>180</span>
+box in its pillow case covering, lying on the
+cushion between himself and his captor.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was all done quick as a flash. A grab, a
+whirl, a splash, and the hurling object disappeared
+beneath the calm waters just beyond the outer
+bridge rail. The man beside Pep uttered a shout.
+He was so taken aback at the unexpected event
+that he relaxed his hold on his captive.
+</p>
+<p>
+His cry had startled his companion at the
+wheel, who took it as a signal of warning of some
+sort, and he instantly shut down on speed. It
+was Pep’s golden opportunity. Before the man
+beside him could prevent it, he made a nimble
+spring out of the machine, landed on the planking
+of the bridge approach, stumbled, fell, and then,
+as a crash sounded, dived into a nest of shrubbery
+lining the stream.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep did not wait to look back to trace the occasion
+of the crash. He heard confused shouts
+and knew that the two men had gotten into some
+trouble with the automobile. A light not over a
+hundred feet distant had attracted his attention.
+Pep darted forward. He ran into a barbed wire
+fence, then he crawled under it, and on its other
+side made out a farmhouse. The light came
+from the doorway of a big barn, where two persons,
+a man and a boy, were just unhitching a
+horse from a light wagon.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_181'></a>181</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Mister!” cried Pep breathlessly, running up
+to the men, “two thieves had wrecked their automobile
+right at the bridge. They have stolen a
+lot of money and jewelry. They tried to carry
+me away with them.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Run for my gun, Jabez,” ordered the farmer,
+roused at the sensational announcement.
+“Maybe they’re the fellows who broke in here
+last week when we were away at a neighbor’s.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The boy ran to the house. He soon reappeared
+with a clumsy double-barreled shotgun
+over his shoulder.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Arm yourselves,” directed the farmer, taking
+the weapon in one hand, the lantern in the
+other.
+</p>
+<p>
+His son picked up a rake and handed a pitchfork
+to Pep. Then the boys followed the farmer
+as he strode towards the road.
+</p>
+<p>
+The moonlight showed a wrecked automobile
+lying where it had been driven into a little clump
+of saplings—breaking them off two feet from the
+ground—and wedged in among the splintered
+branches. Evidently the amateur chauffeur had
+in his excitement made a turn at the wrong
+moment.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Where’s your robbers?” demanded the farmer.
+</p>
+<p>
+“They saw us coming and have run away,”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_182'></a>182</span>
+declared Pep. “Mister, I want you to help me
+further and I will pay you for it.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What doing?” inquired the man.
+</p>
+<p>
+“As I told you, those men had stolen a lot
+of valuables. They were in a little tin box. Just
+as we were passing over the bridge here I saw my
+chance to outwit them. I flung the box into the
+river.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What!” exclaimed the farmer.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Sounds like a fairy story,” remarked his son
+skeptically.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You find some more help, so if those fellows
+show themselves we can beat them off or arrest
+them,” observed Pep, “and I will prove what I
+have told you and pay you well for your trouble.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Jabez, go and wake up the two hired men,”
+directed his father.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’m a pretty good swimmer and diver,” said
+Pep, after the boy had gone on his errand. “Is
+the water very deep?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Six or eight feet.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Then the rake will help me,” said Pep, proceeding
+to disrobe. He was stripped of his outer
+garments by the time the boy Jabez had returned
+with two sleepy-looking men. He was in the
+water at once. First he probed with the rake.
+Then he made a close estimate of the spot where
+the box was likely to have landed and took a dive.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_183'></a>183</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep came to shore and rested for a few minutes.
+Then he resumed his labors. After a long
+time under water his head bobbed up. He uttered
+a shout of satisfaction and waved aloft the
+tin box, its dripping covering about it.
+</p>
+<p>
+“All right,” he hailed.
+</p>
+<p>
+“A good deal in it, I suppose?” spoke the farmer,
+curiously regarding it.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, there is,” replied Pep. “Hold it,
+please, mister, till I get my clothes on. I want
+you to take me to Seaside Park right away—two
+of you and the shotgun. If you’ll do it
+you can charge your own price.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s fair,” nodded the farmer.
+</p>
+<p>
+He got the rig in the barn ready and told the
+two hired men they could go back to their beds.
+They seemed, however, to have roused from their
+sleepiness. Pep had told of a big fire in town,
+and that had influenced them to accompany the
+crowd, “just for the fun of the thing,” as they
+expressed it.
+</p>
+<p>
+Jabez drove, Pep holding the rescued box, the
+farmer between them with his shotgun ready for
+action. They saw nothing, however, of the robbers.
+The latter seemed to have decamped. If
+they were lurking in the vicinity, the sight of
+superior numbers kept them from making any
+demonstration.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_184'></a>184</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+As they got nearer to the town the glare of the
+distant fire was noted, and young Jabez whipped
+up the horse and made good time. The building
+on fire was pretty well consumed, but the fire
+department had saved adjoining structures. Pep
+directed Jabez to drive to the Wonderland by the
+rear route. He noticed that the living rooms
+were lighted up.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Wait here for a minute,” directed Pep to
+those in the wagon, dashing up the steps of the
+playhouse with his precious box.
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_185'></a>185</span><a name='chXXII' id='chXXII'></a>CHAPTER XXII—A BIG REWARD</h2>
+<p>
+Pep burst in upon his friends filled to the brim
+with excitement. His impetuous nature anticipated
+a great welcome as he felt that he had done
+a big thing. As he crossed the threshold of the
+living room he found that his friends had apparently
+just returned from the scene of the fire.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank and Randy were at the sink washing
+the grime from their faces. As Pep learned
+later, they and Jolly and Vincent had been busy
+saving what goods they could from the burning
+building. Jolly was brushing the cinders from
+his coat with a whisk broom. Vincent was applying
+some court plaster to a burn on the back of
+his hand.
+</p>
+<p>
+“There!” exclaimed Pep, planking the package
+down upon the table with a flourish. “It’s
+been some trouble, but I got it.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hello, Pep,” said Jolly. “Got what, may I
+ask?”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep felt rather hurt at the cool way in which
+his return was greeted. He did not realize that
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_186'></a>186</span>
+his friends were in ignorance of the burglarious
+event of the hour, and his own sensational experiences.
+He had just been missed and all hands
+supposed that he was lingering at the scene of the
+fire.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, the box, of course,” almost snapped
+Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What box?” questioned Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep gave the wetted pillow case a jerk, freeing
+it of its enclosure, and the little cash box was
+disclosed.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That box, of course,” he announced.
+“What’s the matter with you fellows? I guess
+you’ve been asleep while people have been stealing
+from you!”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank advanced to the table, curiosity dawning
+in his expression as he recognized the box.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I don’t quite understand,” he remarked.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Don’t?” resented Pep. “Well, you ought
+to. Look at that,” and he exhibited the bump on
+his head, received when one of the robbers had
+knocked him across the room and against the
+wall. “And that, too,” and Pep held up his chin
+so the red marks on his throat showed. “Then,
+too,” he continued, “half an hour ducking and
+diving in the cold waters of a creek at midnight
+is no grand fun, I can tell you!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, it looks as if our Pep has been up to
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_187'></a>187</span>
+something,” observed Jolly, coming to the table.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ve been down in front of the seat of an
+automobile and half choked to death,” replied
+Pep tartly. “I say, Frank, it was a good thing
+that I didn’t run off and leave the place unprotected,
+as you fellows did when that fire broke
+out. Open the box and see if everything is all
+right.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The appearance of the box and Pep’s story
+made Frank and the others grasp that he was discussing
+something of importance not yet fully
+explained.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You had better commence at the beginning
+all over again, Pep,” Frank advised, “and let us
+know the whole story.”
+</p>
+<p>
+It did not take Pep long to recite his recent
+adventures. He had an interested audience.
+Frank drew the key of the tin box from his
+pocket when Pep had concluded his story. He
+applied it to the lock.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, the mischief!” fairly shouted Pep, glancing
+into it to find that all it contained was a collection
+of pennies, nickels and dimes. “I’ve
+been fooled, after all. These fellows rifled the
+box in some way——”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Not at all,” answered Frank, with a reassuring
+smile. “It is my turn to explain, Pep.
+When the fire broke out I thought instantly of
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_188'></a>188</span>
+the cash box and the treasure it contained, so I
+took out the bills and the necklace. Here they
+are,” and Frank produced them from an inside
+pocket of his coat.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Then—then——” stammered Pep, taken
+aback.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Then you are just as much a hero as if you
+had saved a whole bank of money!” cried Frank,
+giving Pep a commending slap on the shoulder.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It was a big thing you did, Pep,” declared
+Randy enthusiastically.
+</p>
+<p>
+Ben Jolly and Vincent added more approving
+words, and Pep warmed up to his usual self at the
+praise of his friends.
+</p>
+<p>
+“There’s the fellows outside to settle with,” he
+suggested.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Glad to do it,” said Frank. “There must be
+at least thirty dollars in the box, so you have
+saved us a good deal, Pep.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Didn’t catch a weasel asleep when they came
+in here!” chuckled Jolly in Pep’s ear. “You
+taught them something this time.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The farmer was very modest in his charges.
+“Two dollars covered the damages,” he remarked,
+“and seeing the fire was worth half of
+that.”
+</p>
+<p>
+It was getting well on to morning by the time
+all hands were settled down. Vincent was the
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_189'></a>189</span>
+last to go to bed. He had got a card out of his
+pocket and said he had some business down town.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s to send a message to the city officer who
+took those two prisoners to New York on the last
+train,” he explained to Frank. “Of course there
+is no doubt that the necklace was part of the proceeds
+of the burglary he arrested them for.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I think you are right,” agreed Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+A quiet day in reading and rest did wonders
+in refreshing the tired out motion picture friends
+after a week of unusual activity and excitement.
+All were up bright and early Monday morning.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I tell you, this is genuine office business,”
+said Frank, as he rested at noon from continuous
+labors at his desk.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You take to it like a duck to water,” declared
+Ben Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Who wouldn’t, with the able corps of assistants
+at my command?” challenged Frank. “Mr.
+Vincent took Mr. Booth off my hands. He
+knows the man much better than I do and, as he
+expresses it, understands how to keep that visionary
+individual in the traces. Pep and Randy
+seem to have just the ability to get our new programme
+into the very places we want them. Mr.
+Vincent has sifted out the supply men as they
+came along, and those letters you got off for me
+took a big load off my shoulders, Mr. Jolly.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_190'></a>190</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“It all amounts to having a good machine and
+starting it right,” insisted Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boys felt a trifle anxious as it began to
+cloud up about one o’clock. A few drops of rain
+fell. It almost broke Pep’s heart, Randy declared,
+to see people begin to scatter along the
+beach and made their way to shelters, and the
+hotels.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ll try and stem the tide,” observed Vincent
+smartly, as a bright idea seemed to strike him.
+</p>
+<p>
+He dived into one of the bedrooms and reappeared
+in his band costume, cornet in hand.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Open the door, Pep,” he directed. “Never
+mind routine this time—what we want to do is
+to get the crowd.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Vincent posted himself under the shelter of
+the canopy that ran over the ticket booth. Soon
+his instrument was in action. The delightful
+music halted more than one hurrying group. The
+inviting shelter beyond the open doors attracted
+attention. The word went down the beach. The
+shower would be over in an hour and here was a
+fine place to spend the interim.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Twenty minutes to two and the house nearly
+full,” reported Pep gleefully, to Jolly at the
+piano.
+</p>
+<p>
+The shower was over in half an hour, but when
+the first crowd passed out there was another one
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_191'></a>191</span>
+ready to take its place. About half the seats
+were occupied when the second entertainment began,
+but during the programme as many more
+came in. The last matinee could not accommodate
+the crowd. The Wonderland caught the
+throngs going to the boats and trains as well
+as those arriving.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boys and their friends were at supper
+when there was a visitor. He proved to be the officer
+from the city who had arrested the two burglars.
+He had come in response to the telegram
+Vincent had sent him. The latter told him
+about the finding of the necklace and added the
+story of Pep’s later adventures.
+</p>
+<p>
+“The necklace is down at the bank in our safety
+deposit box,” explained Vincent. “We didn’t
+want to risk having it around here any longer.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I knew from the circumstances and your description
+that it is part of the plunder I am after,”
+said the city officer. “I wish you would meet
+me at the hotel in the morning. I will have the
+local police head there. As a mere formality the
+goods will be delivered by you to him, who will
+turn them over to me. Then I will give you an
+order for your share of the reward.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy pricked up his ears and Pep looked interested.
+</p>
+<p>
+“How much is it?” inquired Vincent.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_192'></a>192</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Five hundred dollars. I think it fair to divide
+it; don’t you?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I know that will be very acceptable to our
+young friends here,” assented Vincent, nodding
+at Pep and Randy. “All the credit for finding
+the necklace is theirs.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep and Randy were considerably fluttered.
+They had their heads together animatedly discussing
+their good fortune as Vincent accompanied
+his visitor to the door.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I say, you lucky young fellows,” hailed the
+ventriloquist airily, “what you going to do with
+all that money?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, Randy and I have settled that,” proclaimed
+Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Have, eh?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, sir. That two hundred and fifty dollars
+goes into the capital fund of the Wonderland.”
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_193'></a>193</span><a name='chXXIII' id='chXXIII'></a>CHAPTER XXIII—THE BROKEN SIGN</h2>
+<p>
+“It blew big guns last night, fellows,” observed
+Randy Powell.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, it has been working up to a storm for
+several days,” said Ben Jolly, casting a weather
+eye through the open window in the living room.
+</p>
+<p>
+Breakfast had just been announced by Jolly
+and as usual all were hustling about to put in an
+appearance for the famous home-cooked meal.
+</p>
+<p>
+“We mustn’t complain if we have a day or two
+of showery weather, Pep,” spoke Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It means poor shows, though,” lamented
+Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“We can stand that,” replied Frank. “I
+think we have been more than fortunate.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I should say so,” remarked Jolly—“six
+shows a day and the house a clear average of
+three-fourths filled.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“How are our friends down at the National
+doing, Pep?” inquired Vincent.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, so, so,” was the careless reply. “They
+get their quota from the Midway crowd, which
+we don’t want. My friend who works for them
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_194'></a>194</span>
+says they let things go half right, quarrel among
+themselves, and a few nights ago Peter Carrington
+had a crowd of his boy friends in a private
+box smoking cigarettes while the films were running.
+Peter doesn’t speak to me now when we
+meet.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I thought the building was coming down one
+time last night,” spoke Jolly. “There was damage
+done somewhere, for I heard a terrific crash
+a little after midnight.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“There won’t be many bathers to-day,” said
+Vincent, glancing out at the breakers on the beach.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep finished his breakfast and went out to the
+front of the building to take a look at things.
+Just after he had opened the front doors his voice
+rang excitedly through the playhouse.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Frank—Randy—all of you. Come here,
+quick!” Then as his friends trooped forward
+obedient to his call he burst out: “It’s a blazing
+shame!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What is, Pep?” inquired Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Look for yourself.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, say! who did that?” shouted Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+He and the others stood staring in dismay
+at the walk, that was littered with glass, and then
+at the wreck of the electric sign overhead, which
+had cost them so much money and of which they
+had been so proud.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_195'></a>195</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+All that was left of it was “W—O—L—A—N—D”
+and woeful, indeed, the dilapidated sign
+looked. Broken bulbs and jagged ends of wires
+trailed over its face. Two bricks lay at the edge
+of the walk and the end of a third protruded from
+the bottom of the sign.
+</p>
+<p>
+Randy was nearly crying. Frank looked
+pretty serious. Pep’s eyes were flashing, but he
+maintained a grim silence as he went over to
+the edge of the walk and picked up one of the
+bricks.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That was your ‘great guns’ you heard last
+night,” observed Pep looking fighting mad.
+“Those bricks were thrown purposely to smash
+our sign. Why—and who by?”
+</p>
+<p>
+There was not one in the group who could
+not have voiced a justifiable suspicion, yet all
+were silent.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I think I know where that brick came from,”
+proceeded Pep, trying to keep calm, but really
+boiling over with wrath. “I’m going to find
+out.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep tarried not to discuss or explain. The
+others stared after him as he marched down the
+boardwalk in his headstrong way. Pep had in
+mind a little heap of bricks he had seen two days
+before. They were made of terra cotta, red in
+color and one side glazed.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_196'></a>196</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+It was at the National that Pep came to a halt.
+Between the entrance and exit some attempt at
+ornamenting the old building had been made.
+There were two cement pillars and the space
+between them had been tiled. At one side was a
+plaster board and a few of the bricks that had
+not been used. The workman on the job had not
+yet tuckpointed the space he had covered, and had
+left behind some of his material, a trowel and
+other utilities.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep went over to the heap. He selected one
+of the bricks and matched it to the one he carried
+in his hand. He was standing thus when the
+door of the National opened and three persons
+came out. They were Peter Carrington, Greg
+Grayson and Jack Beavers.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hello!” flared up Peter, as he caught sight
+of Pep, “what are you snooping around here
+for?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’m running down the persons who smashed
+our electric sign last night, and I’m fast getting
+to them,” replied Pep. “Carrington, you’re a
+pretty bad crowd, all of you, and I’m going to
+make you some trouble.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“What for? What about?” blustered Peter,
+and then he flushed up as Pep waved the brick
+before him.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That brick and two others like it smashed
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_197'></a>197</span>
+our sign,” he declared. “There probably isn’t
+another lot of them in town except here.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, what of it?” demanded Greg Grayson,
+sourly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’m not talking to you,” retorted Pep. “We
+did enough of that after your mean tricks at
+Fairlands. Whoever smashed our sign did it
+with some of your bricks. You needn’t tell me
+they didn’t start out with them from here. There’s
+plenty of stones along the beach for the casual
+mischief maker. You’re trying to break up our
+show. Soon as I get the proofs I’m after, I’ll
+close yours and show you up to the public for
+the measly crowd you are.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Say,” flared up Peter, “this is our property
+and you get off of it, or——”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Or you’ll what?” cried Pep, throwing down
+the bricks and advancing doughtily.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Easy, Carrington, easy,” broke in Jack Beavers
+and he stepped between the belligerents,
+“Don’t raise a row,” he pleaded with Pep.
+“There’s enough going on that’s disagreeable
+without any more added.” Then he followed
+Pep as the latter went back to the street. “See
+here, I don’t want any trouble with you people,”
+he went on in an anxious way. “So far as I’m
+concerned, I give you my word of honor I don’t
+know the first thing about this sign business.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_198'></a>198</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep looked at the speaker’s face and was almost
+tempted to believe him.
+</p>
+<p>
+“You needn’t tell me!” he declared. “Those
+fellows are a mean lot and they ought to be punished.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep returned to the Wonderland with his tale.
+Frank tried to quiet him, but Pep’s indignation
+had got the better of him.
+</p>
+<p>
+“If you can make certain that the National
+crowd did this damage, we can make them pay
+for it,” said Frank, “but I don’t want to proceed
+on guesswork.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, you know as well as I do that they did
+it, Frank Durham!” stormed Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I think they did, yes,” acknowledged Frank,
+“but if we go to making any charges we cannot
+prove Mrs. Carrington will hear of it, and I
+don’t care to offend her. Drop it, Pep. We’ll
+have to take our medicine this time. If it gets
+too flagrant, then we will go to the authorities
+with it.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep was not fully satisfied, however. He managed
+to see his friend who worked for the National
+a little later, and tried to enlist his coöperation
+in ferreting out the vandals who had damaged
+the electric sign.
+</p>
+<p>
+The latter could not be replaced entire without
+sending to the city for some of the missing letters.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_199'></a>199</span>
+This, however, led to one beneficial result.
+When the duplicate letters arrived some colored
+bulbs accompanied them, a suggestion of Jolly.
+Two nights later the brilliant sign invited and attracted
+attention in its new varicolored dress,
+showing up as the most conspicuous illumination
+on the boardwalk.
+</p>
+<p>
+The gusty, showery weather got down to a
+chill unpleasant spell finally. On Thursday night
+the Wonderland was running, but to rather slim
+audiences. There were few venturesome visitors
+to the beach in the daytime and the matinee entertainments
+were curtailed.
+</p>
+<p>
+That night, however, the Wonderland had
+never had a more enthusiastic audience. It was
+comprised of an entirely new crowd—people
+themselves in the entertainment business and general
+trade lines, who could pick only a slack
+business period to seek enjoyment. They knew
+what a good thing was when they saw it and their
+generous approbation of the flood film and of
+Hal Vincent’s ventriloquial acts with his dummies
+made up for the lack of numbers.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Fine thing!” said more than one.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the second show began a good many
+who had gone out came back again. A pelting
+rain had set in, accompanied by a tearing wind.
+Randy had to keep the window of the ticket
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_200'></a>200</span>
+office closed as well as he could, and Pep shut
+the roof ventilators.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was in the middle of the last film that a great
+gust of wind shook the building. In the midst
+of it the echo of the service bell of the life saving
+station down the beach reached the ears of
+the audience. Many began to get nervous. Just
+as the film closed there was a clatter and crash
+and pieces of the broken skylight in the roof of
+the playhouse clattered down.
+</p>
+<p>
+There were cries and a general commotion.
+Many arose to their feet. The rain began to
+pour in from overhead.
+</p>
+<p>
+At that critical moment Frank closed the projector
+and shot on the lights.
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_201'></a>201</span><a name='chXXIV' id='chXXIV'></a>CHAPTER XXIV—THE GREAT STORM</h2>
+<p>
+“We’re going to have a night of it.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Ben Jolly spoke the words with a grim conviction
+that had its effect upon his friends. Each
+could realize for himself that they were face to
+face with an emergency.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the skylight was partly shattered by a
+loose board blown across the surface of the roof,
+and the pieces of shattered glass and rain came
+beating down, the flood of illumination quieted
+what might have been a panic. Jolly had jumped
+to the piano stool.
+</p>
+<p>
+“There is no danger,” he shouted—“just a
+broken pane of glass of two.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Then he had resumed his seat and dashed off
+into a lively tune. People could see now that
+they were in no immediate peril and could easily
+get out. The dripping rain, however, dampered
+their amusement ardor. There was a movement
+for the exit and the last film was left unfinished.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_202'></a>202</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank had got to Randy as soon as he could.
+He did not wish the report to get out that the
+Wonderland was in any way unsafe, or have anyone
+leave the place feeling that he had not got
+his full money’s worth. He summoned Pep to
+his assistance after giving Randy a quick direction.
+The latter immediately proceeded to stamp
+the date and the seal of the Wonderland across
+some blank cards. Then he came out into the
+entrance archway with the others.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Here you are!” shouted the lively Pep.
+“Everybody entitled to a free ticket. Good any
+night this week on account of to-night’s storm.
+Let no guilty man escape!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Ha! ha! very good.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“This is liberal.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The crowd was put in rare good humor by
+Frank’s happy thought. The doors were left
+open and those who did not wish to go out into
+the pelting storm, were told they were welcome
+to linger in the entrance and among the rear
+seats until the rain let up. Meantime, however,
+Jolly and Vincent were not idle. While their
+young friends were coaxing the audience into
+good humor, the former had found a ladder, of
+which there were several about the place. Vincent
+mounted it and got at the skylight.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was pretty well broken and the wind threatened still
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_203'></a>203</span>
+further damage. Jolly remembered a
+large canvas tarpaulin in the cellar that had been
+used by the painters. By the time the front of
+the place was cleared of the people he and Vincent
+had the skylight well battened down and
+protected.
+</p>
+<p>
+“We’re going to have a bad night,” he reported
+as he came down the ladder dripping. “A
+view of the beach from that roof to-night would
+make a great moving picture.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I hope the storm won’t move us, Mr. Jolly,”
+said Frank a trifle uneasily, as a fierce blast shook
+the building.
+</p>
+<p>
+There was nothing to do but to doubly secure
+all the doors and windows. The roof of the living
+room proved to be leaky, but the use of pans
+and kettles to catch the water provided against
+any real discomfort.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I think we had all better stay up,” suggested
+Jolly. “I was in one of these big coast storms
+a few years ago and before the night was through
+we had some work on hand, let me tell you.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The speaker proceeded to light the gas stove,
+put on some coffee to boil and then announced
+that he was going to make some sandwiches.
+This suited all hands. It seemed sort of cheery
+to nest down in comfort and safety while the big
+storm was blowing outside. Pep and Randy
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_204'></a>204</span>
+began a game of checkers. Vincent was mending
+one of his speaking dolls. Frank was busy
+at his desk. They made quite a happy family
+party, when all chorused the word:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hello!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Lights out,” observed Jolly, himself the center
+of the only illumination in the room, proceeding
+from the gas stove.
+</p>
+<p>
+“The electric current has gone off, that’s sure,”
+remarked Vincent. “That means trouble somewhere.”
+</p>
+<p>
+They waited a few minutes, but the electric
+lights did not come on.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Light the gas, Randy” suggested Frank. “I
+think we had better light one or two jets in the
+playhouse, too, so we can see our way if any
+trouble comes along.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The playhouse was wired for electric lights,
+but had a gas connection as well. The jet in the
+living room was lighted.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep went out and set two jets going in the playhouse.
+They heard him utter a cry of dismay.
+Then he hailed briskly:
+</p>
+<p>
+“Come out here. Something’s happened.”
+</p>
+<p>
+They all rushed in from the living room.
+Something had, indeed, happened. Pep stood in
+half an inch of water, which was flowing in under
+the front doors.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_205'></a>205</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why this rain must be a regular deluge!”
+cried Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s not rain,” sharply contradicted Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What is it, then?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Salt water. Hear that—see that!.”
+</p>
+<p>
+During a momentary hush they could hear a
+long boom as if a giant wave was pounding the
+beach. Then a great lot of water sluiced in
+under the doors.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Open up, Pep,” directed Frank, “we must
+see to this right away.”
+</p>
+<p>
+The moment the doors were opened a lot of
+water flowed in. But for the incline it would
+have swept clear over the floor of the playhouse.
+Meeting the rise in the seats, however, it flowed
+in about fifteen feet, soaking the matting and
+coming nearly to the boys’ shoe tops. Then it
+receded and dripped away over the platform outside.
+</p>
+<p>
+All along the beach the electric lights were out,
+but the incessant flashes of lightning lit the scene
+bright as day. Here and there among the stores
+lanterns were in use, even candles, and where
+they had gas it was in full play.
+</p>
+<p>
+The beach clear up to the boardwalk was a
+seething pool now. Whenever a big swell came
+in it dashed over the walk and beat against the
+building lining it.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_206'></a>206</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“See here,” cried Randy in a great state of
+perturbation, “there isn’t any danger of the
+boardwalk going; is there?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Part of it is gone already down near the
+slump,” declared Frank. “Look, you can see
+the beach from here. I hope the waves won’t
+upset any of the buildings.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“They can’t, right here, Durham,” declared
+Jolly promptly. “You see, there’s a drop from
+us inland. The water will drain off, if it doesn’t
+come in too heavy.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ll bet there’s trouble over on the flats,” suggested
+Randy. “See the lights moving around.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Lock the doors, Pep,” spoke Jolly. “We’ll
+take a look around and see just how bad things
+are.”
+</p>
+<p>
+It was no easy task maintaining their footing
+on the boardwalk, for it was slippery and at
+places gave where it had been undermined. Once
+a big wave swept over the exploring party and
+threw them in a heap against a building. People
+came running past them from the lower level of
+the Midway.
+</p>
+<p>
+They could hear the life saving corps yelling
+orders and the storm bell sounding out constantly
+in the distance. It was as they came to the street
+that cut down past the National, that Frank and
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_207'></a>207</span>
+his friends paused to survey a scene of great excitement.
+</p>
+<p>
+The street, as has been already noted, dropped
+away from the boardwalk to a depression fully
+twenty feet below its level. This made it a natural
+outlet, not only for the waves that beat up
+over the boardwalk, but also for what drained
+laterally on both sides.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, it’s like a regular water course,” declared
+Frank. “I say, there’s someone needing
+help.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Just look at the National!” exclaimed Pep,
+as they returned from carrying some crying
+children away from the menace of the flood.
+</p>
+<p>
+The rival playhouse stood at the lowest part
+of the depression. A long platform ran to its
+entrance. This was fully four feet under water
+and the lower story of the place was two steps
+lower down. Here the surplus water had gathered,
+growing deeper every minute. The street
+in front was impassable, and running two ways
+a veritable river, which cut off the National as
+if it was an island.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I hope no one is in it,” said Frank.
+</p>
+<p>
+“But there is!” cried Randy. “Look, Frank—that
+window at the side. Some one is clinging
+to the window frame.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_208'></a>208</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+The flashes of lightning, indeed showed a forlorn
+figure at the spot Randy indicated. And
+then Vincent, after staring hard, cut in with the
+sharp announcement:
+</p>
+<p>
+“It’s certainly Jack Beavers!”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hey, you!” yelled Pep, making a speaking
+trumpet of his hands and signaling Peter Carrington’s
+partner. “Help me fellows,” and Pep
+sprang upon a platform that had drifted away
+from its original place in front of some store.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank was beside him in a moment. Randy
+had got Jolly to help him tear loose a scantling
+from a step protection. He joined the others,
+using the board to push their unstable float along.
+</p>
+<p>
+The water was over six feet deep and the
+scantling was not much help. A great gust of
+wind whirled them ten feet nearer to the playhouse
+building. At the same time it blew over
+the chimney on its top.
+</p>
+<p>
+The boys saw the loosened bricks shower down
+past the clinging form in the window.
+</p>
+<p>
+“He’s hit!” shouted Pep. “He’s gone
+down!”
+</p>
+<p>
+Jack Beavers fell forward like a clod and disappeared
+under the swirling flood. In an instant
+the motion picture chums acted on a common
+impulse and leaped into the water after him.
+</p>
+<h2><span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_209'></a>209</span><a name='chXXV' id='chXXV'></a>CHAPTER XXV—CONCLUSION</h2>
+<p>
+It was a moment of great suspense for Ben
+Jolly and the ventriloquist as, without a moment’s
+hesitation, the three motion picture chums dived
+from their frail raft. The surface of the flood
+was so strewn with pieces of floating wreckage—the
+bottom and sides of the newly formed water
+way so treacherous—that it was a tremendous
+risk to get into that swirling vortex.
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank and his companions were no novices in
+the water. They saw that Jack Beavers had been
+struck down from the window sill by the falling
+bricks, and had probably been knocked senseless.
+Almost immediately after diving the heads of the
+boys appeared on the surface.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Got him!” puffed Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Lift him up,” directed Frank, swinging out
+one hand and catching at a protruding window
+sill of the building. This purchase gained, all
+exerted themselves to drag up the limp and sodden
+form of Peter Carrington’s partner. Frank
+and Randy kept the upper part of the man’s body
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_210'></a>210</span>
+out of the water. Pep swam after the floating
+platform they had used a a raft. Jack Beavers,
+apparently more dead than alive, was placed upon
+it. His rescuers pushed this over to where the
+water was shallow and then carried the man into
+a drug store fronting the boardwalk.
+</p>
+<p>
+“I suppose I had better stay with him,” observed
+Vincent, as Beavers, after some attention
+from a physician who happened to be in the drug
+store, showed signs of recovery. “I know him
+the best, although I can’t say truthfully that I
+like him the best.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, he’s struck hard lines, and it’s a sort of
+duty to look after him,” said Ben Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+He and the boys put in nearly two hours helping
+this and that group in distress among the
+storekeepers of the slump. They got back to
+the Wonderland to find that its superior location
+had saved it from damage of any consequence.
+</p>
+<p>
+A wild morning was ushered in with a chill
+northeaster. Daylight showed the beach covered
+with wrecked boats and habitations. The tents
+over on the Midway were nearly all down. The
+National was still flooded and the street in front
+of it impassable. Very few of the frame buildings,
+however, had been undermined.
+</p>
+<p>
+The worst of the storm was over by afternoon, but no
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_211'></a>211</span>
+entertainment was given until the
+next evening. A big transparency announced a
+flood benefit, and five thousand dodgers telling
+about it were circulated over the town.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was a gala night for the Wonderland. There
+were few of the minor beach shows as yet in
+condition to resume operations, and after twenty-four
+hours of storm everybody seemed out.
+</p>
+<p>
+“At least seventy-five dollars for the benefit
+of the poor families down on the beach,” observed
+Pep. “Say, let me run down and tell
+them. It will warm their hearts, just as it does
+mine.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“All right,” acceded Frank. “I guess you can
+promise them that much, Pep.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank and Jolly stood in front of the playhouse
+talking over affairs in general as Pep
+darted away on his mission of charity. A well-dressed
+man whom Jolly had noticed in the audience,
+and one of the last to leave the place, had
+loitered around the entrance. Now he advanced
+towards them.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Is there a young man named Smith connected
+with your show?” he inquired.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, sir,” replied Frank. “He has gone on
+a brief errand, but will soon return.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I’ll wait for him,” said the stranger, and he
+sat down on the side railing.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_212'></a>212</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+Frank went inside as Randy appeared with his
+cash box. Jolly remained where he was. Finally
+Pep came into view briskly, happy faced and excited.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Some one to see you—that man over there,”
+advised Jolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Is that so? Stranger to me. Want to see
+me?” he went on, approaching the stranger.
+</p>
+<p>
+“If you are Pepperill Smith.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s my name,” vouchsafed Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“The same young man who was the guest of
+Mr. Tyson at Brenton?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Guest!” retorted Pep, in high scorn. “Oh,
+yes, I was a guest! Fired me the first time he
+got mad.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, well, we all have spells of temper we are
+sorry for afterwards,” declared the man
+smoothly.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Is Mr. Tyson sorry?” challenged Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“He is, for a fact. You see—well, he gave
+you some papers, cheap stocks or bonds; didn’t
+he, instead of cash for your services? He
+thought maybe you’d rather have the money.
+I’ve got a one hundred dollar bill for you. If
+those papers are lying around loose you might
+hand them over to me.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I haven’t got them,” said Pep, and the man
+looked disappointed. “Maybe my friend preserved them.
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_213'></a>213</span>
+Oh, Mr. Jolly,” and Pep called the
+pianist over to them and explained the situation.
+</p>
+<p>
+“H’m!” commented Jolly thoughtfully, when
+Pep had concluded his story, and glancing keenly
+at the stranger, “you seem to have discovered
+some value to the stock you refer to.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Oh, I suppose these stock brokers know how
+to juggle them along,” responded the stranger,
+with assumed lightness.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, as I understand it, they were given to
+my friend Smith.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Undoubtedly—why, yes, that is true.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“As their custodian,” continued Jolly, “I want
+to look into this matter.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I wouldn’t. Waste of time. All a tangle,”
+insisted the stranger. “Look here, let me give
+the boy two hundred dollars.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“You can give Pep all you want to,” observed
+Jolly, “but I shall advise him to see how the
+market stands on that stock before he delivers
+those securities.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Hum! ha! quite so,” mumbled the stranger
+in a crestfallen way.
+</p>
+<p>
+“And we will let Mr. Tyson know our decision
+in a day or two.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I see—well, I will report the result of my
+negotiation to my client.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Negotiation? Aha! Client? A lawyer,
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_214'></a>214</span>
+then,” observed Jolly, as the man reluctantly
+moved away. “Pep Smith, I’ll investigate that
+stock of yours with the first break of dawn.
+There’s something more to this than appears on
+the surface.”
+</p>
+<hr class='tb' />
+<p>
+“Wasn’t that Jack Beavers I just saw you talking
+to?” inquired Hal Vincent of Frank, as the
+latter approached him on the boardwalk.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Yes, poor fellow,” replied Frank. “I have
+been having quite a conversation with him.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Making a poor mouth about his misfortunes,
+I suppose?” intimated the ventriloquist.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Not at all, Mr. Vincent,” explained Frank
+soberly. “He is all broken up, but more with
+gratitude towards us for saving his life the night
+of the storm than anything else. He acts and
+talks like a new man. Peter Carrington and
+Greg Grayson left him in the lurch with a lot
+of debts, and he is trying to get on his feet
+again.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“In what way?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Some friend has happened along and is willing
+to fix things up at the National. He came to
+me to say that he felt he had no right to come
+into competition with us, after owing his very
+existence to our efforts the other night.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_215'></a>215</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+“What did you tell him, Durham?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“I told him to go ahead and make a man of
+himself and a success of the show, and that he
+need expect nothing but honest business rivalry
+from us.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“Durham,” spoke the ventriloquist with considerable
+feeling, “you’re pure gold!”
+</p>
+<p>
+The bustling pianist appeared on the scene all
+smiles and serenity at that moment.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Where’s Pep Smith?” he inquired.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Up at the playhouse.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That so? All right. Come along, and see
+me give him the surprise of his life. You know
+I went down to Brenton to see Mr. Tyson about
+that stock? Well, I’m back—minus the stock.
+I’ve got something better. Look there.”
+</p>
+<p>
+Ben Jolly held a certified check before the dazzled
+eyes of his friends. It read: “Pay to the
+order of Pepperill Smith Two Thousand Dollars.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“This good fortune will about turn Pep’s
+head,” declared Frank Durham.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Why, those shrewd fellows will get double
+that out of it,” said Jolly. “It seems that the
+company is on the rocks, but a reorganization is
+being attempted and it can’t be put through without
+a majority of the stock. Pep’s holdings fit in
+snugly, so they had to pay me my price.”
+<span class='pagenum pncolor'><a id='page_216'></a>216</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep Smith gasped as Jolly recounted all this
+over again to him in the living room back of the
+photo playhouse.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What are you going to do with all that
+money, Pep?” inquired Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+Pep waved the precious bit of paper gaily and
+jumped to his feet with glowing eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+“What am I going to do with it?” he cried.
+“And what could I do but put it into the Wonderland
+business fund! Why, just think of it!
+When the season is over at Seaside Park we have
+got to look for a new location; haven’t we?”
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s sure,” agreed Ben Jolly. “You boys
+have made a success of the motion picture business
+so far and I want to see you keep it up.”
+</p>
+<p>
+And so, with both playhouses in the full tide
+of prosperity, we bid good-bye to our ambitious
+young friends, to meet again in another story to
+be called: “The Motion Picture Chums on Broadway;
+Or, The Mystery of the Missing Cash Box.”
+</p>
+<p>
+“My, but we have been lucky!” declared
+Randy.
+</p>
+<p>
+“That’s what,” added Pep.
+</p>
+<p>
+“Well, we’ve had to work for our success,”
+came from Frank.
+</p>
+<div class='center'>
+<p>THE END</p>
+</div>
+<p>
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+</p>
+<p>
+<span style='font-size:larger;font-weight:bold;'>THE TOM SWIFT SERIES</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+By VICTOR APPLETON
+</p>
+<p>
+12mo CLOTH, ILLUSTRATED. PRICE PER VOLUME 40 CENTS, POSTPAID
+</p>
+<p>
+These spirited tales convey in a realistic way the wonderful advances
+in land and sea locomotion. Stories like these are impressed
+upon the youthful memory and their reading is productive only of
+good.
+</p>
+<p>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AND&nbsp;&nbsp;HIS&nbsp;&nbsp;MOTOR&nbsp;&nbsp;CYCLE<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;Fun&nbsp;&nbsp;and&nbsp;&nbsp;Adventure&nbsp;&nbsp;on&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Road<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AND&nbsp;&nbsp;HIS&nbsp;&nbsp;MOTOR&nbsp;&nbsp;BOAT<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;Rivals&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;Lake&nbsp;&nbsp;Carlopa<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AND&nbsp;&nbsp;HIS&nbsp;&nbsp;AIRSHIP<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;Stirring&nbsp;&nbsp;Cruise&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Red&nbsp;&nbsp;Cloud<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AND&nbsp;&nbsp;HIS&nbsp;&nbsp;SUBMARINE&nbsp;&nbsp;BOAT<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;Under&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Ocean&nbsp;&nbsp;for&nbsp;&nbsp;Sunken&nbsp;&nbsp;Treasure<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AND&nbsp;&nbsp;HIS&nbsp;&nbsp;ELECTRIC&nbsp;&nbsp;RUNABOUT<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;Speediest&nbsp;&nbsp;Car&nbsp;&nbsp;on&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Road<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AND&nbsp;&nbsp;HIS&nbsp;&nbsp;WIRELESS&nbsp;&nbsp;MESSAGE<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;Castaways&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;Earthquake&nbsp;&nbsp;Island<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AMONG&nbsp;&nbsp;THE&nbsp;&nbsp;DIAMOND&nbsp;&nbsp;MAKERS<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;Secret&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;Phantom&nbsp;&nbsp;Mountain<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;IN&nbsp;&nbsp;THE&nbsp;&nbsp;CAVES&nbsp;&nbsp;OF&nbsp;&nbsp;ICE<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;Wreck&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Airship<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AND&nbsp;&nbsp;HIS&nbsp;&nbsp;SKY&nbsp;&nbsp;RACER<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;Quickest&nbsp;&nbsp;Flight&nbsp;&nbsp;on&nbsp;&nbsp;Record<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AND&nbsp;&nbsp;HIS&nbsp;&nbsp;ELECTRIC&nbsp;&nbsp;RIFLE<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;Daring&nbsp;&nbsp;Adventures&nbsp;&nbsp;in&nbsp;&nbsp;Elephant&nbsp;&nbsp;Land<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;IN&nbsp;&nbsp;THE&nbsp;&nbsp;CITY&nbsp;&nbsp;OF&nbsp;&nbsp;GOLD<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;Marvelous&nbsp;&nbsp;Adventures&nbsp;&nbsp;Underground<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AND&nbsp;&nbsp;HIS&nbsp;&nbsp;AIR&nbsp;&nbsp;GLIDER<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;Seeking&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Platinum&nbsp;&nbsp;Treasure<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;IN&nbsp;&nbsp;CAPTIVITY<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;A&nbsp;&nbsp;Daring&nbsp;&nbsp;Escape&nbsp;&nbsp;by&nbsp;&nbsp;Airship<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AND&nbsp;&nbsp;HIS&nbsp;&nbsp;WIZARD&nbsp;&nbsp;CAMERA<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;Perils&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;Moving&nbsp;&nbsp;Picture&nbsp;&nbsp;Taking<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AND&nbsp;&nbsp;HIS&nbsp;&nbsp;GREAT&nbsp;&nbsp;SEARCHLIGHT<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;On&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Border&nbsp;&nbsp;for&nbsp;&nbsp;Uncle&nbsp;&nbsp;Sam<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AND&nbsp;&nbsp;HIS&nbsp;&nbsp;GIANT&nbsp;&nbsp;CANNON<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;Longest&nbsp;&nbsp;Shots&nbsp;&nbsp;on&nbsp;&nbsp;Record<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;TOM&nbsp;&nbsp;SWIFT&nbsp;&nbsp;AND&nbsp;&nbsp;HIS&nbsp;&nbsp;PHOTO&nbsp;&nbsp;TELEPHONE<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;Picture&nbsp;&nbsp;that&nbsp;&nbsp;Saved&nbsp;&nbsp;a&nbsp;&nbsp;Fortune<br />
+</p>
+<p>
+Grosset &amp; Dunlap, 526 West 26th St., New York
+</p>
+<p>
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+</p>
+<p>
+<span style='font-size:larger;font-weight:bold;'>THE BOYS OF COLUMBIA HIGH SERIES</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+By GRAHAM B. FORBES
+</p>
+<p>
+Never was there a cleaner, brighter, more manly boy
+than Frank Allen, the hero of this series of boys’ tales,
+and never was there a better crowd of lads to associate
+with than the students of the School. All boys will read
+these stories with deep interest. The rivalry between the
+towns along the river was of the keenest, and plots and
+counterplots to win the championships, at baseball, at
+football, at boat racing, at track athletics, and at ice
+hockey, were without number. Any lad reading one
+volume of this series will surely want the others.
+</p>
+<p>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>The&nbsp;&nbsp;Boys&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;Columbia&nbsp;&nbsp;High;</b><br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;All&nbsp;&nbsp;Around&nbsp;&nbsp;Rivals&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;School.<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>The&nbsp;&nbsp;Boys&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;Columbia&nbsp;&nbsp;High&nbsp;&nbsp;on&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Diamond;</b><br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;Winning&nbsp;&nbsp;Out&nbsp;&nbsp;by&nbsp;&nbsp;Pluck.<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>The&nbsp;&nbsp;Boys&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;Columbia&nbsp;&nbsp;High&nbsp;&nbsp;on&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;River;</b><br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;Boat&nbsp;&nbsp;Race&nbsp;&nbsp;Plot&nbsp;&nbsp;that&nbsp;&nbsp;Failed.<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>The&nbsp;&nbsp;Boys&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;Columbia&nbsp;&nbsp;High&nbsp;&nbsp;on&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Gridiron;</b><br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;Struggle&nbsp;&nbsp;for&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Silver&nbsp;&nbsp;Cup.<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>The&nbsp;&nbsp;Beys&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;Columbia&nbsp;&nbsp;High&nbsp;&nbsp;on&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Ice;</b><br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or&nbsp;&nbsp;Out&nbsp;&nbsp;for&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Hockey&nbsp;&nbsp;Championship.<br />
+</p>
+<p>
+12mo. Illustrated.
+</p>
+<p>
+Handsomely bound in cloth, with cover design and wrappers in colors.
+</p>
+<p>
+Price, 40 cents per volume.
+</p>
+<p>
+GROSSET &amp; DUNLAP, Publishers, NEW YORK
+</p>
+<p>
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+</p>
+<p>
+<span style='font-size:larger;font-weight:bold;'>THE OUTDOOR CHUMS SERIES</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+By CAPTAIN QUINCY ALLEN
+</p>
+<p>
+The outdoor chums are four wide-awake lads, sons of
+wealthy men of a small city located on a lake. The boys
+love outdoor life, and are greatly interested in hunting,
+fishing, and picture taking. They have motor cycles,
+motor boats, canoes, etc., and during their vacations go
+everywhere and have all sorts of thrilling adventures.
+The stories give full directions for camping out, how to
+fish, how to hunt wild animals and prepare the skins for
+stuffing, how to manage a canoe, how to swim, etc. Full
+of the very spirit of outdoor life.
+</p>
+<p>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;THE&nbsp;&nbsp;OUTDOOR&nbsp;&nbsp;CHUMS<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or,&nbsp;&nbsp;The&nbsp;&nbsp;First&nbsp;&nbsp;Tour&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Rod,&nbsp;&nbsp;Gun&nbsp;&nbsp;and&nbsp;&nbsp;Camera&nbsp;&nbsp;Club.<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;THE&nbsp;&nbsp;OUTDOOR&nbsp;&nbsp;CHUMS&nbsp;&nbsp;ON&nbsp;&nbsp;THE&nbsp;&nbsp;LAKE<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or,&nbsp;&nbsp;Lively&nbsp;&nbsp;Adventures&nbsp;&nbsp;on&nbsp;&nbsp;Wildcat&nbsp;&nbsp;Island.<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;THE&nbsp;&nbsp;OUTDOOR&nbsp;&nbsp;CHUMS&nbsp;&nbsp;IN&nbsp;&nbsp;THE&nbsp;&nbsp;FOREST<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or,&nbsp;&nbsp;Laying&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Ghost&nbsp;&nbsp;of&nbsp;&nbsp;Oak&nbsp;&nbsp;Ridge.<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;THE&nbsp;&nbsp;OUTDOOR&nbsp;&nbsp;CHUMS&nbsp;&nbsp;ON&nbsp;&nbsp;THE&nbsp;&nbsp;GULF<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or,&nbsp;&nbsp;Rescuing&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Lost&nbsp;&nbsp;Balloonists.<br />
+&#160;<br/>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;THE&nbsp;&nbsp;OUTDOOR&nbsp;&nbsp;CHUMS&nbsp;&nbsp;AFTER&nbsp;&nbsp;BIG&nbsp;&nbsp;GAME<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Or,&nbsp;&nbsp;Perilous&nbsp;&nbsp;Adventures&nbsp;&nbsp;in&nbsp;&nbsp;the&nbsp;&nbsp;Wilderness.<br />
+</p>
+<p>
+12mo. Averaging 240 pages. Illustrated.
+Handsomely bound in Cloth.
+</p>
+<p>
+Price, 40 Cents per Volume
+</p>
+<p>
+GROSSET &amp; DUNLAP, NEW YORK
+</p>
+<p>
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+&#160;<br />
+</p>
+<p>
+<span style='font-size:larger;font-weight:bold;'>THE RISE IN LIFE SERIES</span>
+</p>
+<p>
+By Horatio Alger, Jr.
+</p>
+<p>
+These are Copyrighted Stories which cannot be obtained elsewhere.
+They are the stories last written by this famous author.
+</p>
+<p>
+12mo. Illustrated.
+</p>
+<p>
+Bound in cloth, stamped in colored inks.
+</p>
+<p>
+Price, 40 Cents per Volume, Postpaid.
+</p>
+<p>
+THE YOUNG BOOK AGENT, Or Frank Hardy’s Road to Success
+</p>
+<p style='margin-left: 2em;'>
+A plain but uncommonly interesting tale of everyday life, describing
+the ups and downs of a boy book-agent.
+</p>
+<p>
+FROM FARM TO FORTUNE, Or Nat Nason’s Strange Experience
+</p>
+<p style='margin-left: 2em;'>
+Nat was a poor country lad. Work on the farm was hard, and after a
+quarrel with his uncle, with whom he resided, he struck out for himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+OUT FOR BUSINESS, Or Robert Frost’s Strange Career
+</p>
+<p style='margin-left: 2em;'>
+Relates the adventures of a country boy who is compelled to leave home
+and seek his fortune in the great world at large.
+</p>
+<p>
+FALLING IN WITH FORTUNE, Or The Experiences of a Young Secretary
+</p>
+<p style='margin-left: 2em;'>
+This is a companion tale to “Out for Business,” but complete in itself,
+and tells of the further doings of Robert Frost as private secretary.
+</p>
+<p>
+YOUNG CAPTAIN JACK, Or The Son of a Soldier
+</p>
+<p style='margin-left: 2em;'>
+The scene is laid in the South during the Civil War, and the hero is a
+waif who was cast up by the sea and adopted by a rich Southern planter.
+</p>
+<p>
+NELSON THE NEWSBOY, Or Afloat in New York
+</p>
+<p style='margin-left: 2em;'>
+Mr. Alger is always at his best in the portrayal of life in New York
+City, and this story is among the best he has given our young readers.
+</p>
+<p>
+LOST AT SEA, Or Robert Roscoe’s Strange Cruise
+</p>
+<p style='margin-left: 2em;'>
+A sea story of uncommon interest. The hero falls in with a strange
+derelict—a ship given over to the wild animals of a menagerie.
+</p>
+<p>
+JERRY, THE BACKWOODS BOY, Or the Parkhurst Treasure
+</p>
+<p style='margin-left: 2em;'>
+Depicts life on a farm of New York State. The mystery of the treasure
+will fascinate every boy. Jerry is a character well worth knowing.
+</p>
+<p>
+RANDY OF THE RIVER, Or the adventures of a Young Deckhand
+</p>
+<p style='margin-left: 2em;'>
+Life on a river steamboat is not so romantic as some young people may
+imagine, but Randy Thompson wanted work and took what was offered.
+</p>
+<p>
+JOE, THE HOTEL BOY, Or Winning Out by Pluck.
+</p>
+<p style='margin-left: 2em;'>
+A graphic account of the adventures of a country boy in the city.
+</p>
+<p>
+BEN LOGAN’S TRIUMPH, Or The Boys of Boxwood Academy
+</p>
+<p style='margin-left: 2em;'>
+The trials and triumphs of a city newsboy in the country.
+</p>
+<p>
+GROSSET &amp; DUNLAP, NEW YORK
+</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Motion Picture Chums at Seaside
+Park, by Victor Appleton
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MOTION PICTURE CHUMS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 36964-h.htm or 36964-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/6/9/6/36964/
+
+Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/36964-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg b/36964-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03f760f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/36964-h/images/illus-fpc.jpg
Binary files differ